Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
24 results
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| abhiṣac | ( sac-) A1. -sacate- to turn to, be favourable to (accusative)  : P. -siṣakti-, to approach for revering  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyavanij | P. -nenekti-, to wipe or wash, clean ; (Aorist A1.1. sg. -nikṣi-) : Causal to cause to wash  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhikārasaṃgraha | m. Name (also title or epithet) of a work on bhakti- (rāmānuja- school).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhimokṣa | m. = adhi-- mukti-, | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhivṛj | cl.7 P., -vṛṇ/akti-, to place near or over (the fire)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyapavic | -vin/akti-, to put into by singling out from  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādibhavānī | f. the śakti- of parama-puruṣa-, W.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āgama | n. a tantra- or work inculcating the mystical worship of śiva- and śakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aindra | m. (scilicet śakti-) indra-'s energy (personified as his wife and sometimes identified with durgā-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| akṣarapaṅkti | f. also called paṅkti- or haṃsa-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṃśarūpiṇī | f. (with śakti-) a female personification of the divine energy, .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ananūkta | mfn. ([ ]) or ananū ]) not recited or studied  | ||||||
| |||||||
| añj | cl.7 P. A1. an/akti-, aṅkt/e-, ā- nañja-, añjiṣyati- or aṅkṣyati-, āñjīt-, añjitum- or aṅktum-, to apply an ointment or pigment, smear with, anoint ; to decorate, prepare ; to honour, celebrate ; to cause to appear, make clear ; to be beautiful ; to go : Causal añjayat-, āñjijat-, to smear with ; to speak ; to shine ; to cause to go ([ confer, compare Latin ungo]).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anupravṛj | -pr/a-vṛṇakti-, to send or throw after  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānurakti | f. (equals anu-rakti- q.v), passion, affection  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apavic | cl.7. -vinakti- (imperfect tense /apā ; cl.3. -vevekti- idem or 'n. freedom from obstruction '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āpyāyinī | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| arthapañcaka | n. Name (also title or epithet) of a work on bhakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asaktha | or a-sakthi- mfn. without thighs  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aṣṭamikā | f. a śukti- or weight of four tola-s.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āśvasūkti | m. a descendant of aśva-sūktin-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ātañc | -tanakti- (;1. sg. -tanacmi- ; Potential -tañcy/āt- ; ind.p. -tācya- ) to cause coagulation (by casting one liquid into another).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| audambarī | f. (with saṃhitā-) Name (also title or epithet) of a work on bhakti- (according to to nimbārka-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aukthikya | n. the tradition of the aukthika-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aupalā | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bāhu | mf. (f. ) (fr. etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bālapramathanī | f. a particular sakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bandha | m. (in philosophy) mundane bondage, attachment to this world etc. (opp. to mukti-, mokṣa-,"final emancipation", and regarded in the sāṃkhya- as threefold, viz. prakṛti--, vaikārika--,and dakṣiṇā-b-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhadra | m. of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaga | mn. equals yatna-, prayatna-, kīrti-, yaśas-, vairāgya-, icchā-, jñāna-, mukti-, mokṣa-, dharma-, śrī- [ confer, compare Zend bagha= Old Persian baga; Greek ; Slavonic or Slavonian bogu8,bogatu8; Lithuanian bago4tas,na-ba4gas.],  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhagavadgītā | f. plural (sometimes with upaniṣad-;once n(ta-). ) " kṛṣṇa-'s song", Name of a celebrated mystical poem (interpolated in the where it forms an episode of 18 chapters , containing a dialogue between kṛṣṇa- and arjuna-, in which the Pantheism of the vedā)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaj | cl.1 P. A1. () bh/ajati-, te- (2. sg. as imperative bhakṣi- ; perfect tense P. babh/āja- A1. bhej/e- etc.;2. sg. babhaktha- ; bhejitha- ; Aorist P.2. 3. sg. abhāk- ; abhākṣīt-, kṣus- ; subjunctive bhakṣat- ; A1. /abhakṣi-, kta- etc.; preceding A1. bhakṣīy/a- ;3. sg. kṣīṣṭa- ; kṣīta- ; future bhakṣyati-, te- etc.; bhajiṣyati-, te- etc.; bhaktā- grammar; infinitive mood bhaktum- etc.; bhajitum- ; ind.p. bhaktvā- etc., tvāya- ; -bhajya-and -bh/ājam- ), to divide, distribute, allot or apportion to (dative case or genitive case), share with (instrumental case) etc. ; (A1.) to grant, bestow, furnish, supply ; A1. (rarely P.) to obtain as one's share, receive as (two accusative), partake of, enjoy (also carnally) , possess, have (accusative,Ved. also genitive case) ; (A1.,rarely P.) to turn or resort to, engage in, assume (as a form) , put on (garments) , experience, incur, undergo, feel, go or fall into (with accusative, especially of abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' bhītim-,to feel terror; nidrām-,to fall asleep; maunam-,to become silent) etc. ; to pursue, practise, cultivate ; to fall to the lot or share of (accusative) etc. ; to declare for, prefer, choose (exempli gratia, 'for example' as a servant) ; to serve, honour, revere, love, adore etc.: Causal bhāj/ayati-, te- (Aorist abībhajuḥ- , ababhājat- grammar), to divide ; to deal out, distribute ; to cause any one (accusative) to partake of or enjoy (accusative or genitive case) ; to put to flight, pursue, chase, drive into (accusative) ; to cook, dress (food) : Desiderative bibhakṣati-, te- (confer, compare [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin fa1gus; Gothic Old S.bo1k; German Buch,Buchstabe; English buck-,beech.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhakṣivan | mfn. eating, enjoying (see bhakti-v/an-, -v/as-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhakta | bhakti- etc. See p.743. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhākta | mf(ī-)n., (fr. bhakti-) inferior, secondary (opp. to mukhya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhakti | f. often wrong reading for bhaṅgi- or bhukti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaktika | See uttara--, eka--, and paurva-bhaktika-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgi | f. a step (See bhakti-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgī | f. a step (See bhakti-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhañj | cl.7 P. () bhanakti- (perfect tense babh/añja- etc., 3. plural A1. babhañjire- ; Aorist abhāṅkṣīt- ; future bhaṅkṣyati-, ktā- ; ind.p. bhaṅktvā-, bhaktvā-or -bhajya- ), to break, shatter, split etc. ; to break into, make a breach in (a fortress, with accusative) ; to rout, put to flight, defeat (an army) ; to dissolve (an assembly) ; to break up id est divide (a sūtra-) ; to bend ; to check, arrest, suspend, frustrate, disappoint etc.: Passive voice bhajy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist abhāji-or abhañji- ), to be broken or break (intr.) etc. etc. etc.: Causal bhañjayati- (Aorist ababhañjat-) grammar : Desiderative bibhaṅkṣati- : Intensive bambhajyate- or jīti- [Perhaps for originally bhrañj-; confer, compare bhraj-; Latin frangere,nau-fraga; German brechen; English break.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāruṣa | m. a person who worships the mothers or śakti-s on a burning-ground or at cross-roads etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhedinī | f. (with tāntrika-s) Name of a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhiṣaj | (prob. equals abhi  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhṛj | (see  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhuj | cl.7 P.A1. () bhun/akti-, bhuṅkt/e- (rarely cl.6 P. A1. bhuñjati-, te- ;3. plural A1. bhuñjat/e- ; Potential P. bhuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense A1. bubhuj/e-, jm/ahe-, jrir/e- plural P. juḥ- ; Aorist abhaukṣīt-, abhnkta- grammar; bh/ojam-, bh/ojate-, bhujema- ; bhukṣiṣīya- ; future bhokṣyati-, te- etc.; bhoktā- ; infinitive mood bh/ojase-, bh/ujam-, bhuje- : bhoktum- etc.; ind.p. bhuktvā-or bhuṅktvā- ) . to enjoy, use, possess, (especially) enjoy a meal, eat, eat and drink, consume (mostly A1.;in Vedic or Veda generally with instrumental case,later with accusative) etc. ; to enjoy (carnally) ; to make use of, utilize, exploit etc. ; (with pṛthivīm-, mahīm-etc.) to take possession of, rule, govern etc. ; to suffer, experience, undergo, be requited or rewarded for (accusative) or at the hands of (genitive case) etc. ; (P.) to be of use or service to (accusative) ; to pass, live through, last (a time) ; (in astronomy) to pass through, fulfil : Passive voice bhujyate- (Aorist abhoji-), to be enjoyed or eaten or possessed or made use of etc.: Causal bhojayati- (te-, mc.; confer, compare ;once bhuñjāpayati- varia lectio; Aorist abūbhujat-, jata- grammar), to cause to enjoy or eat, feed with (two accusative or accusative of Persian and instrumental case of thing; confer, compare ) etc. ; etc. ; to use as food : Desiderative bubhukṣati- (once), te-, to wish to eat, be hungry ; to wish to enjoy or partake of (confer, compare bubhukṣā-, kṣita-, kṣu-): Intensive bobhujyate-, to be eaten frequently ; bobhokti- and bobhujīti-, to eat or enjoy frequently grammar ([ confer, compare Latin fungor.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhukta | bhukti- See  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhuktimatī | f. Name of a river (varia lectio mukti-m-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtadamanī | f. one of the 9 śakti-s of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhūtakaraṇavatī | f. (scilicet vibhakti-) the character and personal endings of the augmented verbal forms (id est of imperfect tense Aorist and Conditional)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bodhanī | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brahmāṇī | f. the śakti- or personified female energy of brahmā-, the wife of brahmā- (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmī | f. (of brāhm/a- q.v) the śakti- or personified energy of brahmā- (regarded as one of the 8 mātṛ-s or divine mothers of created beings;in they are said to attend skanda-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| caṇḍā | f. Name of one of the 8 nāyikā-s or sakti-s of durgā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| caṇḍogrā | f. Name of one of the 8 nāyikā-s or śakti-s of durgā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| caturtha | f. (scilicet vibhakti-) the termination of the 4th case, dative case  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cedi | m. pl. Name of a people (who lived in Bundelkhand; renowned for their attachment to ancient laws and institutions ; their capital was śuktimatī-; some of their kings were vasu- uparicara-, subāhu-, dhṛṣṭa-ketu-, dama-ghoṣa-, śiśu-pāla- etc.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chattrayukti | f. "use of the parasol", Name of a chapter of bhoja-'s yukti-kalpa-taru-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| chāya | n. a series, multitude (paṅkti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cicciṭiṅga | -chakti- See  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cidacicchaktiyukta | mfn. having power (śakti-) over mind and matter  | ||||||
| |||||||
| citiśakti | f. equals cic-chakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| dakṣiṇācārin | mfn. worshipping śakti- according to the right-hand ritual  | ||||||
| |||||||
| damana | n. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharaṇa | m. or n. a sort of weight variously reckoned as = 10 pala-s, = 16 silver māṣaka-s, = 1 silver purāṇa-, = 1/10 śatamāna-, = 19 niṣpāva-, = 2/5 karṣa-, = 1/10 pala-, = 24 raktikā- etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhaṭaka | m. a kind of weight = 14 Vallasor 42 raktikā-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛti | f. Resolution or Satisfaction personified as a daughter of dakṣa- and wife of dharma- ( ) or as a śakti- ( etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dīpta | m. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dūṣa | mfn. defiling, corrupting (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see kora--, paṅkti-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dvitīyā | f. (sc. vibhakti-) the 2nd case, the accusative or its terminations  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gaurivīti | (g/auri--) m. (equals g/aurī-viti-) Name of a ṛṣi- (descendant of śakti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gauṣūkta | n. (fr. go-ṣū | ||||||
| |||||||
| gauṣūkti | m. patronymic fr. go-ṣū | ||||||
| |||||||
| girika | m. Name of the wife of vasu- (daughter of the mountain kolāhala- and of the river śaktimatī-) (see caṇḍa-g-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| goṣūkta | m. (sū  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gumphaka | mf(ikā-)n. See mauktika--.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gumphana | f. See mauktika--. | ||||||
| |||||||
| haṃsapadā | f. a kind of svara-bhakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hanumacchata | (for -śata-) n. Name of work on bhakti- by śrī-nivāsācārya-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hara | mf(ā-,rarely ī-)n. (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';fr. | ||||||
| |||||||
| hariṇī | f. a kind of svara-bhakti- (q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| haritā | f. a kind of svara-bhakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| hāritā | f. a kind of svara-bhakti- (varia lectio haritā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hetika | (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals heti- (see śakti--, svadhiti-h-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hlādinī | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hyastanī | f. (scilicet vibhakti-) the personal terminations of the imperfect  | ||||||
| |||||||
| īśvara | m. of any other of the śakti-s or female energies of the deities  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaladharamālā | f. equals jalada-paṅkti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jānakīgītā | f. Name (also title or epithet) of a work on bhakti- by śrī-harṣa-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jaya | m. of a śakti-,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jīrṇa | n. "digestion" See -śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñāna | n. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñānamārga | confer, compare karma-- and bhakti-- m-), | ||||||
| |||||||
| jñānasāgara | m. "knowledge-ocean", Name of a Jain sūri- (author of a commentator or commentary on ogha-niryukti-, A.D. 1383). | ||||||
| |||||||
| jyeṣṭhā | f. Name of a śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| kākā | f. the plant raktikā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kākinī | f. a kind of svarabhakti-, māṇḍūkī- śikṣā- ix, 13  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalā | f. any practical art, any mechanical or fine art (sixty-four are enumerated in the śaivatantra-[ ];the following is a list of them: gītam-, vādyam-, nṛtyam-, nāṭyam-, ālekhyam-, viśeṣaka-cchedyam-, taṇḍula-kusuma-balivikārāḥ-, puṣpā) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kāla | m. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālarātri | f. the night of all-destroying time, night of destruction at the end of the world (often personified and identified with durgā- or with one of her śakti-s) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālarātrī | f. the night of all-destroying time, night of destruction at the end of the world (often personified and identified with durgā- or with one of her śakti-s) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kālaśakti | f. the śakti- or all-destroying time | ||||||
| |||||||
| kali | m. strife, discord, quarrel, contention (personified as the son of krodha-,"Anger", and hiṃsā-,"Injury", and as generating with his sister durukti-,"Calumny."two children, viz. bhaya-,"Fear", and mṛtyu-,"Death" ) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kalpalatāprakāśa | m. Name of a comm. on the viṣṇu-bhakti-latā-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kareṇu | f. the svarabhakti- (q.v) between r- and h- commentator or commentary on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kārṣāpaṇa | mn. (gaRa ardharcā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kārttikī | f. the śakti- of kārttikeya-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karviṇī | f. a term for the svarabhakti- between l- and h- commentator or commentary on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kauberī | f. the śakti- or female energy of kubera-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kauberiṇī | f. the śakti- of kubera- (plural) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaula | m. a worshipper of śakti- according to to the left-hand ritual  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kaumārī | f. one of the seven mātṛ-s or personified energies of the gods, śakti- of kumāra- or kārttikeya- (the god of war) | ||||||
| |||||||
| khadūravāsinī | f. (with Buddhists) Name of a female deity or śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kriyāśakti | f. a śakti- or supernatural power as appearing in actions (opposed to dhī-ś-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛmisū | f. equals -śukti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛṣṇalā | f. Abrus precatorius (a shrub bearing a small black and red berry equals guñjā-, raktikā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kukkuṭamaṇḍapa | m. Name of a sanctuary in Benares (standing on the right side of a statue of śiva-, a place where final emancipation may be attained) (see mukti-maṇḍapa-.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kula | n. (with śākta-s) Name of śakti- and of the rites observed in her worship (see kaula-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kulagiri | m. a chief mountain-range (any one of the seven principal ranges supposed to exist in each varṣa- or division of a continent;those of bhārata-varṣa- are mahendra-, Malaya, sahya-, śuktimat-, ṛkṣa-, vindhya-, and pāripātra- or pāriyātra-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kulakuṇḍalinī | f. Name of a particular śakti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| kulīna | m. a worshipper of śakti- according to to the left-hand ritual  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kumārī | f. Name of a river flowing from the mountain śuktimat-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṇḍala | m. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuṇḍalinī | f. a śakti- or form of durgā-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣmī | f. Name of the goddess of fortune and beauty (frequently in the later mythology identified with śrī- and regarded as the wife of viṣṇu- or nārāyaṇa-; according to to she sprang with other precious things from the foam of the ocean when churned by the gods and demons for the recovery of the amṛta- q.v;she appeared with a lotus in her hand, whence she is also called padmā-; according to to another legend she appeared at the creation floating over the water on the expanded petals of a lotus-flower, she is also variously regarded as a wife of sūrya-, as a wife of prajā-pati-, as a wife of dharma- and mother of kāma-, as sister or mother of dhātṛ- and vidhātṛ-, as wife of dattatreya-, as one of the 9 śakti-s of viṣṇu-, as a manifestation of prakṛti- etc., as identified with dākṣāyaṇī- in bharatāśrama-, and with sītā-, wife of rāma-, and with other women) (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| likh | (confer, compare the earlier form) likh/ati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense lil/ekha- etc.; Aorist alekhīt- ; future lekhitā-, lekhiṣyati- grammar; likhiṣyati- ; infinitive mood lekhitum-,or likhitum- grammar; ind.p. lekhitvā- ; likhitvā- ; -l/ikhya- etc.) , to scratch, scrape, furrow, tear up (the ground) etc. ; to pick, peck (said of birds). ; to scarify, lance ; to produce by scratching etc., draw a line (with or scilicet lekhām-), engrave, inscribe, write, copy, trace, sketch, delineate, paint etc. ; to make smooth, polish ; to graze, touch ; to unite sexually with a female(?) () : Passive voice likhyate- (Aorist alekhi-), to be written : Causal lekhayati- (or likhāpayati-; Aorist alīlikhat-), to cause to scratch or write or copy or paint etc. ; to scratch, lance ; to write, paint : Desiderative lilikhiṣati- or lilekhiṣati- [ confer, compare Greek ; Lithuanian re14kti,"to cut."]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madraka | mfn. equals mādro mādrau vā bhaktir asya- , Va1rtt. 2  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahālakṣmī | f. the great lakṣmī- (properly the śakti- of nārāyaṇa- or viṣṇu-, but sometimes identified with durgā- or with sarasvatī-;also Name of dākṣāyaṇī- in kara-vīra-) (see )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāmātṛ | f. plural "the great mothers", Name of a class of personifications of the śakti- or female energy of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahārātrī | f. (only trī-) Name of a śakti- of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mahāvidyā | f. plural of a class of personifications of the śakti- or female energy of śiva- (10 in number) | ||||||
| |||||||
| majj | cl.6 P. () majjati- (Ved. m/ajjati-, Epic also te-; perfect tense mamajja-[2. sg. mamajjitha-,or mamaṅktha-] ; Aorist [ mā-] majjīs- ; amānkṣīt- ; preceding majjtāt- ; future maṅkṣyati-, te- etc.; majjiṣyati- ; maṅktā- grammar; infinitive mood majjitum- ; maṅktum- grammar; ind.p. maṅktvā-or maktvā- ; m/ajjya- ), to sink (into), (accusative or locative case), go down, go to hell, perish, become ruined etc. ; to sink (in water), dive, plunge or throw one's self into (locative case), bathe, be submerged or drowned etc.: Causal majj/ayati- (Aorist amamajjat- grammar), to cause to sink, submerge, drown, overwhelm, destroy etc. ; to inundate ; to strike or plant into (locative case) : Desiderative mimaṅkṣati- or mimajjiṣati- grammar (confer, compare mimaṅkṣā-): Intensive māmajjyate-, māmaṅkti- [ confer, compare Latin mergere,and undermajjan.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| māna | n. a particular measure or weight (equals kṛṣṇata-or raktikā-; according to to Scholiast or Commentator on and 100 māna-s = 5 pala-s or paṇa-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mauktika | mfn. (fr. mukti-) striving after final emancipation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| māyā | f. (with vaiṣṇava-s) one of the 9 śakti-s or energies of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mohana | m. of one of the nine śakti-s of viṣṇu- | ||||||
| |||||||
| mṛgasaktha | n. equals mṛgasya sakthi-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muc | cl.6 P. A1. () muñc/ati-, te- ( also, muc/anti-, mucasva-; parasmE-pada muñcāna- ; perfect tense, mum/oca-, mumuc/e-, Vedic or Veda , also, mum/ocat-, m/umocati-, mumucas-, mumoktu-, amumuktam-; Aorist /amok- ; imperative mogdh/i- ; amauk- ; /amucat- ; amukṣi-, mukṣata- ; preceding mucīṣṭa- ; mukṣīya- ; future, moktā-, ; mokṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood moktum- etc.; ind.p. muktv/ā- , -m/ucya- , m/okam-, ), to loose, let loose, free, let go, slacken, release, liberate ("from", ablative or -tas-; A1.and Passive voice with ablative or instrumental case,rarely with genitive case"to free one's self, get rid of, escape from") etc., etc. (with kaṇṭham-,to relax the throat id est raise a cry;with raśmīn-,to slacken the reins;with prā ; to set free, allow to depart, dismiss, despatch ("to" , loc. or dative case) etc. ; to relinquish, abandon, leave, quit, give up, set aside, depose (with kalevaram-, deham-, prā ; to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast, hurl, shoot at ("or upon" locative case dative case,or accusative with or without prati-;with ablative and ātmānam-,to throw one's self down from) etc. ; (A1.) to put on (Scholiast or Commentator) : Passive voice mucy/ate- (or m/ucyate-, Epic also ti-and future mokṣyati-; Aorist /amoci-), to be loosed, to be set free or released etc. ; to deliver one's self from, to get rid of, escape (especially from sin or the bonds of existence) etc. ; to abstain from (ablative) ; to be deprived or destitute of (instrumental case) : Causal mocayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist amūmucat-), to cause to loose or let go or give up or discharge or shed (with two accusative) ; to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) ; to set free, liberate, absolve from (ablative) etc. ; to redeem (a pledge) ; to open (a road) ; to give away, spend, bestow ; to gladden, delight, yield enjoyment : Desiderative of Causal mumocayiṣati-, to wish to deliver (from the bondage of existence) (confer, compare, mumocayiṣu-): Desiderative mumukṣati-, te-, (P.) to wish or be about to set free ; to be about to give up or relinquish (life) ; to wish or intend to cast or hurl ; (A1.) to wish to free one's self ; to desire final liberation or beatitude (confer, compare  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukta | muktā-, mukti- See p.816etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muktimatī | f. Name of a river (varia lectio bhukti--and śukti-m-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| muku | m. equals mukti- (a word formed to explain, mukun-da-as"giver of liberation";others assume mukum mukum- ind.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nagarīyukti | f. Name of chapter of the yukti-kalpa-taru-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nairukta | m. (also -uktika- gaRa ukthā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nakṣatravyūha | m. equals -bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| naktā | f. (confer, compare above) Methonica Superba [ confer, compare nak-and nakti-; Zend nakht-uru,nakht-ru; Greek ; Latin nox; Lithuanian naktis; Slavonic or Slavonian nos8ti; Gothic nahts; Anglo-Saxon neaht,niht,Engl.night, German Nacht.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| nama | equals mas- in nama-ukti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| namovṛktivat | mfn. containing the word" namo-vṛkti-" | ||||||
| |||||||
| nārāyaṇīyavyākhyā | f. (and -bhakti-dīpikā-) Name of work  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāyikā | f. an inferior form or śakti- of durgā- (of which there are 8, viz. ugra-caṇḍā-, pra-caṇḍā-, caṇḍogrā-, caṇḍa-nāyikā-, ati-caṇḍā-, cāmuṇḍā-, caṇḍā-, and caṇḍa-vatī-; see kula-n-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nibhañj | P. -bhanakti- (Aorist ny-abhāṅkṣīt-), to break or dash to pieces  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nicchavi | f. Name of a district (equals tīra-bhukti-,the modern Tirhut) (see licchavi-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nij | cl.2 A1. niṅkte- ; cl.3 P.A1. nenekti-, nenikte- (Intensive ?; confer, compare below) (from the present tense stem only 2 plural imperative ninikta- , parasmE-pada nijān/a- , nije- equals ninije- ; perfect tense nineja-, ninije- grammar; future, nekṣyati-, nektā- ; Aorist anijam-, jan- ; anaikṣīt-, nikṣi- ; ind.p. niktv/ā- ; -nijya- ; dative case infinitive mood -nije-. ), to wash, cleanse, purify (A1.one's self) etc. ; to nourish : Passive voice nijyate-, to be washed etc. : Causal nejayati- ; Aorist anīnijat- grammar : Desiderative ninikṣati- grammar : Intensive n/enekti-, nenikt/e- (confer, compare above; Potential neniyāt- ; nenijīsti-, nenijyate- grammar), to wash (one's self). [ confer, compare Greek for; Anglo-Saxon nicor; German Nix,Nixe.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirbhañj | P. -bhanakti- (2. sg. imperfect tense -/abhanas-; imperative -bandhi- ), to break or split asunder, defeat (wrong reading -bhajanti-for bhañj-, ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirṇij | ( nij-) P. -ṇenekti- (subjunctive -ṇenijati-; A1. ṇenikte- ; dative case infinitive mood -ṇ/ije- ), (P.) to wash off, cleanse ; (A1.) idem or 'm. Name of one of the horses of the Sun (see nirjhara-).' ; to wash or dress or adorn one's self | ||||||
| |||||||
| niryukti | (for 1.See) f. (with jaina-s) explanation of a sacred text (see nir-ukti-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nityā | f. of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nivṛj | P. -vṛṇakti- (imperative -vṛndhi-;2. 3. sg. imperfect tense -avṛṇak-), to throw down, cause to fall  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to bind on, tie or fasten to (locative case) etc. ; (with dhuri-) to tie to the pole of a carriage id est yoke, harness ; (met.) to place in front id est employ in the hardest work (also guru-dhūrṣu- ) ; to join, put together (especially the hands in a certain position; see kapota-) Scholiast or Commentator on ; to attach to id est make dependent on (dative case or locative case) ; to enjoin, order, command, coerce, impel, appoint, instal (double accusative), trust or charge with, direct or commission or authorize to (locative case dative case, artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',or infin.) etc. ; to confer or intrust anything (accusative) upon or to (locative case) ; to place at, put in the way (with locative case) ; to direct towards, fix (mind or eyes upon, with locative case) ; to use, employ : Causal -yojayati-, to harness (horses etc.), put or tie to (locative case) ; to set or lay (a trap or snare etc.) ; to enjoin, urge, impel, coerce, appoint or instal as (double accusative), appoint to (locative case), direct or compel or request or command to (dative case locative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ; commit or intrust anything (accusative) to (locative case) etc. ; to put in any place or state (locative case) ; to confer or bestow upon (locative case) ; to use, employ (reason etc.) ; to accomplish, perform (a rite) ; to endow or furnish with, cause to partake of (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyañj | P. -anakti- (perfect tense A1. -ānaje- ind.p. -ajya-), to anoint, besmear ; A1. to creep in, conceal one's self among (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| omalā | f. Name of a śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| oṃkārā | f. a Buddhist śakti- or female personification of divine energy | ||||||
| |||||||
| pacata | n. cooked food (equals pakti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paktavya | pakti-, paktha-, pakva- etc. See under  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pakti | f. ( p/akti-) cooking, preparing food (anna-p-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṇḍarā | f. Name of a Buddhist śakti- or female energy (see pā | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṅkta | mf(ī-)n. (fr. paṅkti-) consisting of five parts, fivefold  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṅkta | mf(ī-)n. relating to or composed in the paṅkti- metre (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṅktakākubha | mf(ī-)n. (fr. paṅkti-kakubh-) beginning with the paṅkti- and ending with the kakubh- metre | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅkti | f. (also ktī- mc. and in compound) (fr. pañcan-) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅkti | f. wrong reading for pakti- q.v | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅktī | for paṅkti- in compound | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅktīhara | See pāṅktīhari-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṅktīhari | m. (prob. patronymic fr. paṅktī-hara-) Name of a man | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt | m. equals -paṅkti-ratha-, or daśa-r- | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāśakti | f. (with śākta-s) a particular form of śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāśara | m. Name of a son of vasiṣṭha- or of a son of śakti- and grandson of vasiṣṭha- (according to the father of vyāsa-;said to be the author of )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāvac | P. -vakti-, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāvṛj | P. -vṛṇakti- (imperfect tense -vṛṇak-; perfect tense -vavṛjur-; Aorist -vark-, -varktam-), to turn away ; (with śīrṣā-) to flee ; to wring off (as a head) ; to throw away, remove, reject, abandon | ||||||
| |||||||
| paribhuj | P. A1. -bhunakti-, -bhuṅkte-, (infinitive mood -bhoktum-), to eat before another (with accusative) ; to neglect to feed ; to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivṛj | P. -vṛṇakti- (imperative -vṛṅdhi-, -vṛṇaktu-; Aorist subjunctive -varjati- Potential -vṛjyāt-), to turn out of the way of (accusative), avoid, shun, spare, pass over ; to cast out, expel ; (A1.) to surround, enclose : Causal -varjayati-, te- (ind.p. -varjya-), to keep off, remove ; to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivṛttī | f. (p/ari-v-), prob. wrong reading for pari-vṛktī-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| parokṣā | f. (sc. vibhakti-) a termination of the perfect tense | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāṣī | f. equals silā-, a stone or equals śakti-, a spear on (see 2. pāśī-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paṭolaka | m. an oyster (equals śukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| potrirathā | f. (with jaina-s) Name of a śakti- or female divinity.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prabhā | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prabhañj | P. -bhan/akti-, to break up, crush, destroy, rout, defeat etc. etc.: Passive voice pr. p. -bhajyamāna-, being broken to pieces or broken up | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracaṇḍā | f. a form or śakti- of durgā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradhānā | f. Name of a śakti-, (see ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prahvī | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prajñā | f. a particular śakti- or energy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakarṣa | m. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, excess, intensity, high degree etc. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' adhva-pr-,a great distance ; kāla-pr-,a long time ; guṇa-pr-,extraordinary qualities ; phalaprakarṣa phala--pra-karṣa- mfn.consisting chiefly in fruit ; śakti-pr-,possessing extraordinary power )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prakṛti | f. (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the śakti- or personified energy or wife of a deity, as lakṣmī-, durgā- etc.;also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāṇaśakti | f. a particular śakti- of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prapṛc | P. -pṛṇakti-, or -pṛñcati-, to come in contact with (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prasac | P. -siṣakti-, to pursue  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratibhañj | P. -bhanakti-, to fracture, break in pieces  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratibhuj | P. -bhunakti-, to enjoy ; to eat food besides the prescribed diet | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiprayuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to add instead of something else, substitute ; (A1.) to pay back, restore (a debt) (Bombay edition) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prativac | P. -vakti-, to announce, indicate, recommend (A1. subjunctive Aorist -voce-) ; to speak back, answer, reply (also with 2 accusative) etc. ; to refute  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to fasten on, tie to (accusative) ; (A1.) to pay back (a debt) (Calcutta edition prati-pray-): Causal -yojayati-, to fix on, adjust (the arrow on the bow)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyañj | P. -anakti-, or -añjati-, to smear over, besmear ; to decorate, adorn  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravac | P. -vakti- (infinitive mood -v/āce- ), to proclaim, announce, praise, commend, mention, teach, impart, explain (with accusative of thing and dative case or genitive case of person) etc. ; to tell of betray ; to give, deliver (with accusative and dative case) ; to speak, say, tell (with accusative,rarely dative case of person, and accusative of thing) etc. ; to declare to be, call (2 accusative) : Causal -vācayati-, to cause to announce : Desiderative -vivakṣati- (wrong reading -vivakṣataḥ-for -vivikṣataḥ-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravāha | m. Name of chapter in sad-ukti-karṇāmṛta-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāvanij | (pra-ava-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravṛj | P. A1. -vṛṇakti-, -vṛṅkte-, (Ved. infinitive mood -v/ṛje-), to strew (the sacrificial grass) ; to place in or on the fire, heat ; to perform the pravargya- ceremony  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravyāhāra | m. (varia lectio or wrong reading pratyāh-) prolongation or continuation of discourse (equals prakṛṣṭā)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayuj | A1. -yuṅkte- (rarely P. -yunakti-; see ), to yoke or join or harness to (locative case) ; to unite with (instrumental case) ; to turn (the mind) to (locative case) ; to prepare for (dative case) ; to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice), discharge, hurl at (locative case or dative case) etc. ; to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ; to fix, place in or on (locative case) ; to direct, order, urge to (dative case or locative case) etc. ; to choose for (two accusative) ; to lead towards, bring into (accusative) ; to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do etc. ; to undertake, commence, begin ; to cause, effect, produce ; to represent on the stage, act ; to lend (for use or interest) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dative case) : Causal -yojayati-, to throw, discharge, hurl at or against (locative case) ; to utter, pronounce ; to show, display, exhibit ; (with manas-) to concentrate the mind ; to urge, direct, appoint to (locative case) ; to transfer or entrust to (dative case) ; to undertake, begin ; to represent on the stage ; to cause to be represented by (instrumental case) ; to use, employ etc. ; to perform, practise ; (with vṛddhim-) to take interest ; (with prayogam-) to invest capital ; to be applicable gaRa kṣubhnā : Desiderative -yuyukṣate-, to wish to use, want, require  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛc | cl.7 P. () pṛṇ/akti- A1. pṛṅkt/e- (or cl.2. pṛkte- ; cl.1 P. pṛñcati- ; cl.3 P. pipṛgdhi-, pipṛkta- ; perfect tense papṛcuḥ- ; papṛcāsi-, cyāt-, cān/a- ; Aorist p/arcas-[ parasmE-pada pṛcān/a- ; preceding pricīmahi-] ; aprāk- ; apṛkṣi-, kta- ; aparcīt-, ciṣṭa- grammar; future parciṣyati-, te-, parcitā- ; infinitive mood -p/ṛce-, -p/ṛcas- ), to mix, mingle, put together with (instrumental case,rarely locative case; dhanuṣā śaram-,"to fix the arrow upon the bow"), unite, join etc. ; to fill (A1.one's self?) , sate, satiate ; to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (accusative or genitive case) richly upon (dative case) ; to increase, augment (Prob. connected with | ||||||
| |||||||
| priyavacana | m. equals bhakti-mān rogī-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pṛkta | pṛkti- See under | ||||||
| |||||||
| puraṃjaya | m. of a son of vindhya-śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puṣṭi | f. of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakta | m. Abrus Precatorius (or its seeds as a measure or weight, = raktikā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rakti | f. Abrus Precatorius (see raktikā-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmadayā | f. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmahṛdaya | n. " rāma-'s heart", Name of work on bhakti- ( rāmahṛdayāspada yā | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmasiddhāntasaṃgraha | m. Name of work on bhakti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāmaśrīkramacandrikā | f. Name of work on bhakti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| rañj | or raj- cl.1.4. P. A1. () rajati-, te- (only grammar; -rañjati- ) or rajyati-, te- (grammar also perfect tense P. rarañja-,3rd dual number rarajatuḥ-or rarañjatuḥ-; A1. rarañje-; Aorist arāṅkṣīt-, araṅkta-; preceding rajyāt-, raṅkṣīṣṭa-; future raṅktā-; raṅkṣyati-, te-; infinitive mood raṅktum-; ind.p. raktvā-or raṅktvā-), to be dyed or coloured, to redden, grow red, glow ; to be affected or moved, be excited or glad, be charmed or delighted by (instrumental case), be attracted by or enamoured of, fall in love with (locative case) etc. ; (rajati-, te-), to go : Causal rajayati- (only ) and rañjayati-, te- (Aorist arīrajat-or ararañjat-; Passive voice rajyate-; Aorist arañji-or arāñji-), to dye, colour, paint, redden, illuminate etc. ; to rejoice, charm, gratify, conciliate etc. ; to worship (rajayati mṛgān- equals ramayati mṛgān- Va1rtt. 3 ) : Desiderative riraṅkṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rārajīti- (grammar also rārajyate-and rāraṅkti-), to be greatly excited, exult (others"to shine bright"). [ confer, compare Greek ,"to dye",,"dyer."] | ||||||
| |||||||
| rasa | m. (with vaiṣṇava-s) disposition of the heart or mind, religious sentiment (there are 5 rasa-s or rati-s forming the 5 degrees of bhakti- q.v,viz. śānti-, dāsya-, sākhya-, vātsalya-,and mādhurya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rathyāli | (thyā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ratnin | m. plural Name of certain persons in whose dwelling the ratna-havis- (q.v) is offered by a king (viz. the brāhmaṇa-, rājanya-, mahiṣī-, parivṛktī-, senā-nī-, sūta-, grāma-ṇī-, kṣattṛ-, saṃgrahītṛ-, bhāga-dugha-, and akṣāvāpa-) ( ratninitva ni-tva- n. )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raudrī | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ric | cl.7 P. A1. () riṇ/akti-, riṅkte- cl.1 P. () recati- ; cl.4 A1. (confer, compare Passive voice) r/icyate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense rir/eca-, riric/e- etc. etc.: riricyām-, arirecīt- ; parasmE-pada ririkv/as-, riricān/a- ; Aorist /āraik- ; arikṣi- ; aricat- ; future rektā- grammar, rekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood rektum- grammar), to empty, evacuate, leave, give up, resign ; to release, set free ; to part with id est sell ("for" instrumental case) ; to leave behind, take the place of (accusative), supplant ; to separate or remove from (ablative) : Passive voice ricy/ate- (Aorist areci-), to be emptied etc. etc. ; to be deprived of or freed from (ablative) ; to be destroyed, perish : Causal (or cl.10. ; Aorist arīricat-), to make empty ; to discharge, emit (as breath, with or scilicet mārutam-), ; to abandon, give up : Desiderative ririkṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rericyate-, rerekti- [ confer, compare Zend ric; Greek , ; Latin linquo,licet; Lithuanian likti; Gothic leihwan; Anglo-Saxon leo4n; English loan,lend; German li7han,leihen.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ruj | cl.6 P. () ruj/ati- (Epic also te-; perfect tense rur/oja- etc.; Aorist 2. sg. rok- ; ruk- ; araukṣīt- grammar; future roktā-, rokṣyati- ; infinitive mood -r/uje- ; ind.p. ruktv/ā-, -r/ujya- ), to break, break open, dash to pieces, shatter, destroy etc. ; to cause pain, afflict, injure (with accusative or genitive case; confer, compare ) etc. etc.: Causal rojayati- (Aorist arūrujat-), to cause to break etc. ; to strike upon (locative case) ; (cl.10. ) to hurt, injure, kill: Desiderative rurukṣati- grammar (See rurukṣ/aṇi-): Intensive rorujyate-, rorokti-, grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin lugeo.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdaguṇa | m. the excellence of the sound or form (of a poem, as opp. to artha-g- q.v;there are 10 guṇā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sabhaktikam | ind. (fr. 7. sa-+ bhakti-) respectfully  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sac | (connected with) s/acate- (in also P. sacati-and s/iṣakti-,2. sg. s/aścasi-,3. plural saścati-,2. 3. plural saścata-,1. sg. A1. saśce-; parasmE-pada s/acamāna-, sacān/a-and s/aścat-or saśc/at-[ quod vide ]; perfect tense Ved. saścima-, saśc/uḥ-; A1. saścir/e- ; secire- ; Aorist 3. plural asakṣata- ; sakṣat-, sakṣata-, sakṣante-, sakṣīm/ahi- ; asaciṣṭa- grammar; future sacitā-, saciṣyate- ; infinitive mood sac/adhyai- ), to be associated or united with, have to do with, be familiar with, associate one's self with (instrumental case) ; be possessed of, enjoy (instrumental case or accusative) ; to take part or participate in, suffer, endure (instrumental case) ; to belong to, be attached or devoted to, serve, follow, seek, pursue, favour, assist (accusative) ; to he connected with (instrumental case) on ; to fall to the lot of (accusative) ; to be together ; (s/iṣakti-), to go after, follow, accompany, adhere or be attached to (accusative) ; to help any one to anything (two dative case) ; to abide in (locative case) ; (3. plural saścati-and saścata-), to follow, obey ; to belong to (accusative) ; to be devoted to or fond of (accusative) [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin sequor; Lithuanian seku4.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhanadīpikā | f. Name of work on bhakti- by nārāyaṇa-bhaṭṭa-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahokti | f. (in rhetoric) a comparison of many objects by using the word saha- (opp. to vino etc. (see ) .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sahopamā | f. "comparison by the word saha- ", equals saho  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakta | śakti- etc. See .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākta | mfn. (fr. śakti-) relating to power or energy, relating to the śakti- or divine energy under its female personification  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakta | sakti-, saktu- etc. See  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śākteya | m. a worshipper of the śakti- (See above) , | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakthī | See under sakthi-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | ś/akti- or śakt/i- f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability (śaktyā-or ātma-ś-or sva-ś-,"according to ability"; paraṃ śaktyā-,"with all one's might"; vitta-śaktyā-,"according to the capability of one's property"; śaktim a-hāpayitvā-,"not relaxing one's efforts, exerting all one's strength") , faculty, skill, capacity for, power over (genitive case locative case dative case,or infinitive mood) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | f. the energy or active power of a deity personified as his wife and worshipped by the śākta- (q.v) sect of Hindus under various names (sometimes only three, sometimes eight śakti- goddesses are enumerated, as follow, indrāṇī-, vaiṣṇavī-, śāntā-, brahmāṇī-, kaumārī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, and māheśvarī-, but some substitute cāmuṇḍā- and caṇḍikā- for the third and sixth of these: according to another reckoning there are nine, viz. vaiṣṇavī-, brahmāṇī-, raudrī-, māheśvarī-, nārasiṃhī-, vārāhī-, indrāṇī-, kārttikī-, and pradhānā-: others reckon fifty different forms of the śakti- of viṣṇu- besides lakṣmī-, some of these are kīrtti-, kānti-, tuṣṭi-, puṣṭā-, dhṛti-, śānti-, kriyā-, dayā-, medhā- etc.;and fifty forms of the śakti- of śiva- or rudra- besides durgā- or gaurī-, some of whom are guṇodarī-, virajā-, śālmalī-, lolākṣī-, vartulākṣī-, dīrgha-ghoṇā-, sudīrgha-mukhī-, go-mukhī-, dīrgha-jihvā-, kuṇḍodarī-, ardha-keśī-, vikṛta-mukhī-, jvālā-mukhī-, ulkāmukhī- etc.; sarasvatī- is also named as a śakti-, both of viṣṇu- and rudra-: according to the vāyu-purāṇa- the female nature of rudra- became twofold, one half asita-or white, and the other sita-or black, each of these again becoming manifold, those of the white or mild nature included lakṣmī-, sarasvatī-, gaurī-, umā- etc.;those of the dark and fierce nature, durgā-, kālī- etc.) (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | f. a spear, lance, pike, dart etc. (also śaktī- gaRa bahv-ādi-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakti | m. Name of a muni- or sage (the eldest of vasiṣṭha-'s hundred sons; according to to he was father of parāśara-, and was devoured by king kalmāṣa-pāda-, when changed to a man-eating rākṣasa-, in consequence of a curse pronounced upon him by the sage;he is represented as having overcome viśvāmitra- at the sacrifice of king saudāsa-;he is regarded as the author of ; śakti- is also identified with one of the vyāsa-s, and with avalokite | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktidhara | m. "spearman", Name of a warrior (varia lectio śaktivara-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktidhara | m. of skanda- (see kanaka-śakti-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktigaṇa | m. the company or assemblage of śakti-s (See column 2) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktija | mfn. born from śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāktika | m. a worshipper of the śakti- (See śākta-above) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktimat | mfn. possessed of or united with his sakti- or energy (as a god) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktimat | m. Name of a mountain (prob. wrong reading for śukti-mat-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktimaya | mf(ī-)n. consisting of or produced from a śakti- etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktin | mfn. (prob.) furnished with a flag-staff (see ratha-śakti-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktin | m. Name of a man (equals śakti-,m.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktinātha | m. "lord of śakti-", Name of śiva-, | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktipūjā | f. śakti--worship | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktipūjaka | m. a śakti--worshipper, a śākta- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktipūrva | m. "having śakti- for a forefather", patronymic of parāśara- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktiratnākara | m. "jewel-mine of śakti-", Name of a work on the mystical worship of śakti- or durgā-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktiśodhana | n. "purification of śakti-", a ceremony performed with the woman representing śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktivāda | m. "assertion of śakti- doctrine", Name of a philosophy work by gadādhara-bhaṭṭācārya- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktivādin | m. one who asserts the śakti--doctrine, an adherent of śiva--doctrine, a śākta- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktīvat | mfn. (see śakti-) "powerful"or"helpful" | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktivīra | m. (in śakti- worship) the man who has intercourse with the woman representing śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktri | śaktrin- wrong reading for śakti- m. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakty | in compound for śakti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāktya | m. a worshipper of the śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaktyavara | mfn. junior to śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śālmalī | f. of one of the śakti-s of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samābhuj | P. -bhunakti-, to enjoy or possess entirely, rule over (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samañj | P. A1. -anakti-, -aṅkte-, to smear over, anoint, adorn, beautify ; to prepare, make ready ; to honour, worship ; to fit or put together, unite, compose ; to devour (A1.with instrumental case,"to feed on")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or fasten together, join, prepare, make ready ; to meet, encounter (in a hostile manner) ; to surround : Causal -yojayati-, to furnish or supply with (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhañj | P. -bhanakti-, to break to pieces, shatter, shiver  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sambhuj | P. A1. -bhunakti-, -bhuṅkte-, (Aorist subjunctive -bhujam- ) to eat together, make a meal in common ; to enjoy (especially carnally) ; to partake of (genitive case) : Causal -bhojayati-, to cause to enjoy or eat, feed any one (accusative) with (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃgrāmikaguṇa | m. the martial qualities of a king (consisting of the 3 śakti-s, the ṣāḍguṇya-, and the astrādy-abhyāsa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃkṣepaśārīraka | m. a summary in verse of śaṃkarācārya-'s brahma-sūtra-bhāṣya- by sarvajñātman- mahāmuni- ( saṃkṣepaśārīrakaṭīkā -ṭīkā- f. saṃkṣepaśārīrakaphalalakṣaṇa -phala-lakṣaṇa- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakabhāṣya -bhāṣya- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakavyākhyāna -vyākhyāna- n. saṃkṣepaśārīrakasambandhokti -sambandho | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃniyuj | P. -yunakti-, to connect with, place or put in (locative case) ; to appoint, employ : Causal yojayati-, to place in or on (locative case) ; to appoint to, intrust with (locative case;or artham-, arthāya- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampravac | P. -vakti-, to explain or declare together ; to relate at full or comprehensively, declare, communicate, announce  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprayuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -ynṅkte-, to yoke or join together, yoke, harness ; to employ, make use of ; to perform, execute (a song) ; to instigate, incite, induce to (instrumental case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined or connected with (instrumental case), be added or attached etc. ; to be united sexually ; to be implicated in (instrumental case) : Causal -yojayati-, to join together, connect with (instrumental case) ; to equip, prepare | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampṛc | P. A1. -pṛṇakti-, -pṛṅkte- (Ved. also imperative -pipṛgdhi-; Potential -pipṛcyāt-; infinitive mood -p/ṛcaḥ-), to mix together, commingle, bring into contact, connect, unite (A1.and Passive voice,"to be mixed etc.";"to be in contact or connected or united") etc. ; to fill up, fill or satiate or endow or present with (instrumental case; A1.and Passive voice,"to be filled or presented with")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃstārapaṅkti | f. a particular form of the paṅkti- metre (12 + 8 + 8 + 12 syllables)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samupayuj | P. -yunakti-, to make complete use of, consume : Causal -yojayati- idem or 'mfn. gone up to, approached (with accusative) '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvac | P. -vakti- (in the nonconj. tenses also A.) , to proclaim, announce, publish, communicate ; to speak or tell or say to (accusative with or without prati-) ; (A1.), to converse, talk with  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvyac | P. -vivyakti-, to compress or collect together or into one's self, comprehend ; to roll up or together  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite etc. ; to bind, fetter ; to endow or furnish with (instrumental case) etc. ; to form an alliance, league together ; to place in, fix on, direct towards (locative case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined together, be united etc. ; to meet or fall in with (instrumental case) ; to be married to (instrumental case) ; (with ratyā-,or grāmyadharmatayā-) to have sexual intercourse on ; to be supplied or furnished with (instrumental case) etc.: Causal -yojayati-, to cause to join together, bring together, unite ; to put to (horses), yoke, harness ; to hold together, check, control (the senses) (varia lectio) ; to furnish or endow or present with (instrumental case) etc. ; to give over to, entrust with (genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing) ; to add to (locative case) ; to fix on, direct towards (locative case) ; to shoot, discharge (a missile) ; to equip (an army) ; to use, employ, appoint ; to institute, perform, accomplish ; (A1.) to be absorbed, meditate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāṇḍilya | m. Name of various teachers, authors etc. (especially of a muni- or sage from whom one of the three principal families of the Kanouj or kānyakubja- Brahmans is said to be descended;he is the author of a law-book and of the bhakti-sūtra- or aphorisms enjoining"love or devotion to God"as one of the three means of salvation - a doctrine said to have been formulated in the 12th century;See bhakti- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sañj | (or saj-) cl.1 P. () s/ajati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense sasañja- etc. [in some rare and doubtful cases in and sasajja-];3. plural sejuḥ- ; Aorist asāṅkṣīt-, sāṅkṣīt-,UP. etc.; asañji- ; /asakthās-, ta- ; preceding sajyāt- grammar; future saṅktā-, saṅkṣyati- ; infinitive mood saktum- ; saṅktos- ; ind.p. -sajya-, -s/aṅgam- etc.) , to cling or stick or adhere to, be attached to or engaged in or occupied with (locative case) : Passive voice sajy/ate- (generally sajjate-, Epic also ti-), to be attached or fastened, adhere, cling, stick (with na-,"to fly through without sticking", as an arrow) etc. ; to linger, hesitate ; to be devoted to or intent on or occupied with (locative case) etc.: Causal sañjayati- (Aorist asasañjat-;for sajjayati-See : Desiderative sisaṅkṣati- See ā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṅkhaśuktikā | f. mother of pearl (equals śuktikā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaṅkhinī | f. Name of a śakti- worshipped by Buddhists | ||||||
| |||||||
| śānta | m. of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sara | m. a cord, string (see prati--, maṇi--, muktā-maṇi--,and mauktika-s-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārṣṭitā | f. equality in rank or condition or power (sometimes regarded as one of the grades of mukti- or beatitude; see sālokya-, column 3)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārṣṭya | n. a particular state of mukti- (See above) . | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārūpya | n. assimilation to or conformity with the deity (one of the grades of mukti- or beatitude equals sarūpa-tā-, sālokya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sārvavibhaktika | mfn. (fr. sarva-vibhakti-) applicable or belonging to all the cases of a noun etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarveśvara | m. (also with tīra-bhuktīya-or soma-yājin-) of a teacher and various authors  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṣki | (?) gaRa sidhmā sakthi-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatamāna | mfn. weighing a hundred (raktikā-s Scholiast or Commentator) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| satobṛhatī | f. (ī-) a kind of metre consisting of 12 + 8 + 1 2 + 8 syllables (see sataḥ-paṅkti-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sātvatācāravādārtha | m. Name of work (also called bhakti-vilāsa-tattva-dīpikā-,deprecating the slaughter of animals even in sacrifices, by maheśa-nārāyaṇa-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| satyā | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaukta | mfn. (fr. śukti-) made of mother-of-pearl  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāvitrikā | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāyujya | n. identification, absorption (into the divine Essence;this is one of the four grades or states of mukti- see sālokya- ) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śeṣanārāyaṇa | m. Name of the author of the sūkti-ratnākara- (a commentator or commentary on the mahā-bhāṣya-;also with -paṇḍita-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sevākaumudī | f. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sevāvicāra | m. Name of work on bhakti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sic | cl.6 P. A1. () siñc/ati-, te- (once in , s/ecate- perfect tense siṣeca-, siṣice-[in also sisicuḥ-, sisice-]; Aorist asicat-, cata-[Gr. also asikta-]; subjunctive sicāmahe- ; preceding sicyāt- ; future sekṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sektum- sektavai- ; ind.p. siktvā- ; -s/icya- ; -secam-or -sekam-, ), to pour out, discharge, emit, shed, infuse or pour into or on (locative case) etc. etc. ; to emit semen, impregnate ; to scatter in small drops, sprinkle, besprinkle or moisten with (instrumental case) etc. ; to dip, soak, steep ; to cast or form anything out of molten metal etc. (2 accusative) : Passive voice sicyate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist aseci-), to be poured out or sprinkled etc. etc.: Causal secayati-, te- (Epic also siñcayati-; Aorist asīṣicat-or asīsicat-), to cause to pour out etc. ; to sprinkle, water (plants etc.) : Desiderative siṣikṣati- or sisikṣati- ; te- grammar (confer, compare sisikṣā-): Intensive sesicyate-, sesekti-. ([ confer, compare Zend hincaiti; Greek [?] ; Anglo-Saxon seo4n; German seihen,seichen.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śikṣādaśaka | n. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sikta | sikti-, siktha- See below. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śīrṣakti | f. (prob. for śīrṣa-sakti-) "head-seizure", pain in the head  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivā | f. final emancipation (equals mukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śivajñāneśvara | m. (with ācārya-) Name of the author of the bhakti-mīmāṃsā-bhāṣya-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sopānālī | f. equals -paṅkti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sopānaparamparā | f. equals -paṅkti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sphūrj | cl.1 P. () sphūrjati- (only in present tense; grammar also perfect tense pusphūrja- future sphūrjitā-etc.) , to rumble, roar, thunder, crash ; to burst forth, be displayed, appear : Causal sphūrj/ayati- (Aorist apusphūrjat-), to crash, crackle : Desiderative pusphūrjiṣati- grammar : Intensive posphūrjyate-, posphūrkti- [ confer, compare Greek .]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śrīvatsamuktikanandyāvartalakṣitapāṇipādatalatā | f. having the palms of the hands and soles of the feet marked with śrī-vatsa- and muktika- (for muktikā-?) and nandy-āvarta- (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śubhagā | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuc | cl.1 P. () śocati- (Ved. and Epic also te-;once in -śucyati-[ see saṃ- śocimi-; perfect tense śuśoca-Impv. śuśugdhi- Potential śuśucīta-, parasmE-pada śuśukv/as-and śuśucān/a- Aorist aśucat-[ parasmE-pada śuc/at-and śuc/amāna-] ; aśocīt-[2. sg. śocīḥ-] ; aśociṣṭa- grammar; preceding śucyāsam- ; future śoktā-or śocitā- ; śuciṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood śuc/adhyai- ; śoktum-or śocitum- etc.; ind.p. śocitvā- ; śucitvā- ) to shine, flame, gleam, glow, burn ; to suffer violent heat or pain, be sorrowful or afflicted, grieve, mourn at or for (locative case or accusative with prati-) etc. ; to bewail, lament, regret (accusative) etc. ; to be absorbed in deep meditation ; (cl.4. P. A1. śucyati-, te-) to be bright or pure (see Causal and śuci-) ; to be wet ; to decay, be putrid, stink : Passive voice (only Aorist /aśoci-) to be kindled, burn, flame : Causal śoc/ayati-, te- (parasmE-pada śuc/ayat-[ q.v ] ; Aorist aśūśucat-, śūśucat- ), to set on fire, burn ; to cause to suffer pain, afflict, distress ; to feel pain or sorrow, grieve, mourn ; to lament, regret ; to purify : Passive voice of Causal śocyate- : Desiderative śuśuciṣati- or śuśociṣati- : Intensive śośucyate-, śośokti-, to shine or flame brightly grammar (only ś/ośucan- ; see ś/ośucat-, ś/ośucāna-, śośucyamāna-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuddhi | f. of one of the śakti-s of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukha | m. of one of the 9 śakti-s of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūkṣma | m. of one of the 9 śakti-s of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukti | m. of a mountain (wrong reading sukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sukti | m. Name of a mountain (prob. wrong reading for śukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūktisādhutvamālikā | f. Name of a poem (perhaps identical with sū | ||||||
| |||||||
| śuktisāhvayā | f. Name of a city (equals śukti-matī-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śukty | in compound for śukti-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūkty | in compound for sū | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūktyādarśa | m. Name of work on bhakti- by kavi-tāṇḍava-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sumandā | f. Name of a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śūnyāśūnya | n. emancipation of the spirit even during a person's life (equals jīvan-mukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| supravṛkti | f. equals -vṛkti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvarṇa | m. (rarely n.) a particular weight of gold (= 1 karṣa-, = 16 māṣa-s, = 80 raktikā-s, = about 175 grains troy) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| suvṛkti | f. (according to to some for su-ṛkti- equals su-ṛc-; see su-vita-for su-ita-) excellent praise or hymn of praise (also a form of instrumental case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svaj | or svañj- (see pari-ṣvaj-) cl.1 A1. () sv/ajate- (rarely ti-; parasmE-pada svajāmana-and svajāna- ; perfect tense sasvaje- etc. etc. [3. plural juḥ- ]; sasvañje- grammar; Aorist /asasvajat- ; asvaṅkṣi- grammar; future svaṅktā-, svaṅkṣyate- ; svajiṣyate- ; infinitive mood -sv/aje- ; svaktum- ; ind.p. svajitvā-, -svajya- ), to embrace, clasp, encircle, twist or wind round etc.: Passive voice svajate- (Aorist asvañji-) grammar : Causal svañjayati- (Aorist asiṣvañjat-) : Desiderative sisvaṅkṣate- : Intensive sāsvajyate-, sāsvaṅkti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svañj | or svaj- (see pari-ṣvaj-) cl.1 A1. () sv/ajate- (rarely ti-; parasmE-pada svajāmana-and svajāna- ; perfect tense sasvaje- etc. etc. [3. plural juḥ- ]; sasvañje- grammar; Aorist /asasvajat- ; asvaṅkṣi- grammar; future svaṅktā-, svaṅkṣyate- ; svajiṣyate- ; infinitive mood -sv/aje- ; svaktum- ; ind.p. svajitvā-, -svajya- ), to embrace, clasp, encircle, twist or wind round etc.: Passive voice svajate- (Aorist asvañji-) grammar : Causal svañjayati- (Aorist asiṣvañjat-) : Desiderative sisvaṅkṣate- : Intensive sāsvajyate-, sāsvaṅkti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śvapacī | f. a form of one of the śakti-s of śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tairabhukta | mfn. fr. tīra-bhukti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāmasa | mf(ī-)n. appertaining to or affected by the quality tamas- (q.v), ignorant, various etc. (sī tanū-,"the form assumed by the deity for the destruction of the world"; sī śakti-,"the faculty of tamas-") | ||||||
| |||||||
| tañc | cl.7. tanakti-, to contract ; see ā-, abhy-ā-- ; upā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tārā | f. of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tārāguru | m. plural Name of particular authors of mantra-s (with śākta-s)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| taraṃgiṇī | f. Name of several works  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tārāvatī | f. a form of durgā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| tāriṇītantra | n. Name of a tantra- | ||||||
| |||||||
| thūthū | imitative sound of spitting,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| trimūrti | m. one of the 8 vidye  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tripura | m. śiva-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tṛtīya | f. (scilicet vibhakti-) the terminations of the 3rd case, the 3rd case (instrumental)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tuṣṭi | f. satisfaction, contentment etc. (9 kinds are reckoned in sāṃkhya- philosophy ;"Satisfaction"personified[ ] as daughter of dakṣa- and mother of saṃtoṣa- or muda- ;or as daughter of paurṇamāsa- ;as a deity sprung from the kalā-s of prakṛti- ;as a mātṛkā-, ;as a śakti- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tvañc | (= 1. tañc-) cl.1. to go ; (= 2. tañc-) cl.7. tvanakti-, to contract  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udañj | P. -anakti-, to adorn, trim  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte- (infinitive mood -yuj/e- ) to join, be in contact with ; to get off or away, go away ; to go near, undergo, prepare ; to make efforts, be active : Causal -yojayati-, to excite, incite, make active or quick, stimulate to exertion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ugraśakti | m. "of terrible might", Name of a son of king amaraśakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upabhukti | f. (in astronomy) the daily course of a star (equals bhukti- q.v)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| upāñj | ( upa-añj-) P. -anakti-, to smear or anoint (with butter), grease (exempli gratia, 'for example' a wheel) ;  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utkarṣaṇī | f. Name of a śakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| utkarṣiṇī | f. Name of a śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vac | cl.2 P. () vakti- (occurs only in sg. vacmi-, vakṣi-, vakti-,and imperative vaktu-; Vedic or Veda also cl.3 P. v/ivakti-; perfect tense uv/āca-, ūj- etc.; uv/aktha- ; vavāca-, vavakṣ/e- ; Aorist avocat-, cata- etc.;in veda- also subjunctive vocati-, te-, vecāti-; Potential voc/et-, ceta-; imperative vocatu-; preceding ucyāsam- ; future vakt/ā- etc.; vakṣy/ati- etc.; te- ; Conditional avakṣyat- ; infinitive mood vā etc.; tave- ; tos- ; ind.p. uktv/ā- etc.; -/ucya- ), to speak, say, tell, utter, announce, declare, mention, proclaim, recite, describe (with accusative with or without prati- dative case or genitive case of Persian,and accusative of thing;often with double accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' tam idaṃ vākyam uvāca-,"he spoke this speech to him";with double accusative also"to name, call"A1.with nom;"one's self";with punar-,"to speak again, repeat";or "to answer, reply") etc. ; to reproach, revile (accusative) : Passive voice ucy/ate- (Aorist avāci-,or in later language avoci-), to be spoken or said or told or uttered etc. etc. (yad ucyate-,"what the saying is") ; to resound ; to be called or accounted, be regarded as, pass for (Nominal verb also locative case) etc.: Causal vācayati-, te- (Potential vācayīta- ; Aorist avīvacat-; Passive voice vācyate-), to cause to say or speak or recite or pronounce (with, double accusative;often the object is to be supplied) etc. ; to cause anything written or printed to speak id est to read out loud etc. ; () to say, tell, declare ; to promise : Desiderative vivakṣati-, te- (Passive voice vivakṣyate-), to desire to say or speak or recite or proclaim or declare etc. ; (Passive voice) to be meant : Intensive (only /avāvacīt-) to call or cry aloud [ confer, compare Greek for in, etc.; Latin vocare,vox; German gi-waht,gi-wahinnen,er-wähnen.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaibhakta | mfn. (fr. vi-bhakti-) relating to a case-termination  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaibhavika | See śakti-v-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaikuṇṭhā | f. vaikuṇṭha-'s (viṣṇu-'s) śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiṣṇava | m. "a worshipper of viṣṇu-"Name of one of the three great divisions of modern Hinduism (the other two being the śaiva-s and śākta-s; the vaiṣṇava-s identify viṣṇu- - rather than brahmā- and śiva- - with the supreme Being, and are exclusively devoted to his worship; they have become separated into four principal and some minor sects, as follow: 1. the rāmānuja-s, founded by rāmā ; one peculiarity of his sect is the scrupulous preparation and privacy of three meals; 2. the mādhva-s, founded by a Kanarese Brahman named madhva-, whose chief doctrines are described at , and in 3. the vallabha-s, founded by vallabhā;4. a sect in Bengal founded by caitanya- [ q.v ] who was regarded by his followers as an incarnation of kṛṣṇa-; his chief doctrine was the duty of bhakti-,or love for that god which was to be so strong that no caste-feelings could exist with it [see ]Of the minor vaiṣṇava- sects those founded by nimbā ] and by rāmā ] and by svāmi-nārāyaṇa-[ ] are perhaps the most important, to which also may be added the reformed theistic sect founded by Kabir[ ] and the Sikh theistic sect founded by Nanak[ ]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaiṣṇavī | f. the personified śakti- of viṣṇu- (regarded as one of the mātṛ-s, and identified with durgā- and manasā-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajradhātrī | f. Name of a Buddhist śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajradhātvī | f. Name of a Buddhist śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vajrakālī | f. Name of a jina-.lakti | ||||||
| |||||||
| vakti | f. speech (see ukti-) ( vacas-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| vallabhasiddhāntaṭīkā | f. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāma | m. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāmācāra | m. the left-hand practices or doctrines of the tantra-s (id est the worship of the śakti- or Female Energy personified as the wife of śiva-, as opposed to dakṣiṇā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vārāhī | f. the śakti- or female Energy of the Boar form of viṣṇu-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vārttāmālā | f. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaśitā | f. the supernatural power of subduing all to one's own will, unbounded power of (compound;a bodhi-sattva- is said to have 10 vaśitā-s, viz. āyur--, citta--, pariṣkāra--, dharma--, ṛddhi--, janma--, adhimukti--, praṇidhāna--, karma--,and jāna-v- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vasudhāra | m. a female śakti- peculiar to the jaina-s  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāvātā | f. a king's favourite wife (according to to Scholiast or Commentator inferior to the mahiṣī-,but superior to the pari-vṛktī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedāntasiddhānta | m. Name of work ( vedāntasiddhāntakaumudī ta-kaumudī- f. vedāntasiddhāntacandrikā -candrikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntadīpikā -dīpikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntapradīpa -pradīpa- m. vedāntasiddhāntabheda -bheda- m. vedāntasiddhāntamuktāvalī -muktā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vedapādarāmāyaṇa | n. Name of work on bhakti-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhakti | f. (in gram.) inflection of nouns, declension, an affix of declension, case (according to to "a termination or inflection either of a case or of the persons of a tense";certain taddhita- affixes which are used like case terminations have also the name vi-bhakti-;in the yājyā- formulas especially the cases of agni-are so called) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhakti | f. a particular division of a sāman- (equals bhakti-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhaktika | (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals bhakti- (in āpta-v-,complete as to case terminations) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhaktin | See a-vibhaktin-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhañj | P. -bhanakti-, to break asunder, break to pieces etc. ; to frustrate, disappoint | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhūti | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vic | (confer, compare ) vin/akti-, viṅkte- (2. sg. vivekṣi- ; perfect tense viveca- , parasmE-pada vivikv/as- Aorist avaikṣīt- grammar; future vektā-, vekṣyati- ; infinitive mood vektum- ; indeclinable -vicya-. -vecam- ), to sift, separate (especially grain from chaff by winnowing) ; to separate from, deprive of (instrumental case) ; to discriminate, discern, judge : Passive voice vicy/ate- (Aorist aveci-) etc.: Causal -vecayati- (Aorist avīvicat-) See vi-) vevekti- [ confer, compare Greek ; Latin vicesetc.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidyutā | f. a particular sakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vighneśvara | m. Name of a teacher ( vighneśvarakavaca -kavaca- n. vighneśvarasaṃhitā -saṃhitā- f. vighneśvarasahasranāman -sahasra-nāman- n. vighneśvarāṣṭottaraśata varā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vij | (confer, compare also cl.1 P. vinakti-,and cl.3 P. A1. vevekti-, vevikte-; perfect tense vivije-,3. plural jre- ; Aorist vikthās-, vikta- ; avijīt-, avijiṣṭa- grammar; future vijitā- ; vijiṣyati- ; vejiṣyati- ; infinitive mood vijitum- grammar), to move with a quick darting motion, speed, heave (said of waves) ; to start back, recoil, flee from (ablative) : Causal vejayati- (Aorist avīvijat-), to speed, accelerate ; to increase (See vejita-) ; to terrify (See idem or ' cl.10 P. () vicchayati-, to speak or to shine ; vicchāy/ati- (; see ), to go (with ny-ā-,to press or rub one's self against): Causal vicchāy/ayati-, to press, bring into straits (perhaps ) .'): Desiderative vivijiṣati- grammar : Intensive vevijy/ate- (parasmE-pada v/evijāna-), to tremble at (dative case), start or flee from (ablative) [ confer, compare German wi7chen,weichen; Anglo-Saxon wi7kan; English vigorous;weak.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikaraṇī | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vikṣepa | m. extension, projection (See -śakti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimala | m. a particular śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimukti | f. disjunction (opp. to yukti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinadā | f. a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniyuj | A1. -yuṅkte- (rarely P. -yunakti-; see on ), to unyoke, disjoin, loose, detach, separate ; to discharge (an arrow) at (locative case) ; to assign, commit, appoint to, charge or entrust with, destine for (dative case locative case,or artham-) etc. (with sakhye-,to chose for a friend) ; to apply, use, employ ; to eat : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be unyoked etc. ; to fall to pieces, decay : Causal -yojayati-, to appoint or assign to, commit to (locative case,or arthāya-,or /artham-) etc. ; to entrust anything (accusative) to (locative case) ; to offer or present, anything (accusative) to (dative case) ; to use, employ ; to perform  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viprayuj | P. -yunakti-, to separate from, deprive of (instrumental case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be separated from (instrumental case) : Causal -yojayati-, to cause to be separated from, deprive of (instrumental case) ; to release from (instrumental case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipṛc | P. -pṛṇakti- (imperative -pṛṅktam- Potential -papṛcyāt- infinitive mood -p/ṛce-), to isolate, separate from (instrumental case) ; to scatter, dispel ; to fill, satiate | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīrabhukti | f. Name of a place (prob. for tīra-bhukti-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| virodhaparihāra | m. Name of work on bhakti- (by lakṣmaṇācārya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśeṣa | m. (in rhetoric) statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation (see viśeṣo | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśeṣaka | m. a particular figure of speech (in which the difference of two objects otherwise said to be similar is dwelt upon; see viśeṣo  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśeṣaṇa | n. (in rhetoric) equals viśeṣo | ||||||
| |||||||
| vista | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a particular weight of gold (= 80 raktikā-s or a karṣa- of 16 māṣa-s, about half an ounce troy),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vistarā | f. a particular śakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣṭārapaṅkti | f. (ṭār/a--) a particular form of paṅkti- metre (consisting of 8 x 12 x 12 x 8 syllables)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivac | P. -vakti- (rarely A1.), to, declare, announce, explain, solve (a question) ; to decide (in explaining vivāka-) ; to discuss, impugn ; (A1.) to speak variously or differently, dispute with one another about (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivekadhairyāśraya | m. Name of work on bhakti- (by vallabhā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivic | P. -vinakti-, to sift (especially grain by tossing or blowing), divide asunder, separate from (instrumental case or ablative) to shake through (accusative) ; to cause to lose, deprive of (ablative) ; to distinguish, discern, discriminate to decide (a question) ; to investigate, examine, ponder, deliberate ; to show, manifest, declare : Passive voice -vicyate-, to go asunder, separate (in. trans.) : Causal -vecayati-, to separate, distinguish ; to ponder, investigate, examine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivitti | f. ( ( vi-vikti-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivṛtokti | f. open or explicit expression (opp. to gūḍho | ||||||
| |||||||
| viyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to disjoin, detach, divide, separate from or deprive of (instrumental case,rarely ablative) etc. ; to part from (instrumental case) ; (A1.) to forsake, abandon (accusative) ; to relax, abate, yield : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be separated from or deprived of, lose (instrumental case) etc. ; to break (a vow instrumental case) ; to be relaxed, yield, give way : Causal -yojayati-, te-, to cause to be disjoined, separate or deliver from, deprive of (instrumental case or ablative) etc. ; to rob ; to subtract  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vraj | cl.1 P. () vr/ajati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense vavr/āja- etc.; Aorist avrājīt- ; future vrajitā- grammar; vrajiṣyati- etc.; infinitive mood vrajitum- ; ind.p. vrajitvā-, -vr/ajya-, -vrājam- etc.), to go, walk, proceed, travel, wander, move (also applied to inanimate objects;with accusative or instrumental case of the road accusative of the distance, and accusative,rarely locative case or dative case,of the place or object gone to;with or scilicet padbhyām-,"to go on foot";with upānadbhyām- idem or ' wrong reading for vakṣas- ' literally"with shoes";with dhuryais-,"to travel by means of beasts of burden";with paramāṃgatim-,"to attain supreme bliss";with śaraṇam-and accusative,"to take refuge with";with mūrdhnā pādau-and genitive case,"to prostrate one's self at anyone's feet";with antam-and genitive case,"to come to the end of";with anyena-, anyatra-or anyatas-,"to go another way or elsewhere";with adhas-,either"to sink down [to hell]"or"to be digested [as food]";with punar-,"to return to life") etc. ; to go in order to, be going to (dative case infinitive mood or an adjective (cf. mfn.) ending in aka-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' bhojako vrajati-,"he is going to eat"]) ; to go to (a woman), have sexual intercourse with (accusative) ; to go against, attack (an enemy;also with vidviṣam-, dviṣato'bhimukham-, abhy-ari-etc.) ; to go away. depart from (ablative), go abroad, retire, withdraw, pass away (as time) etc. ; to undergo, go to any state or condition, obtain, attain to, become (especially with accusative of an abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' with vināśam-,"to go to destruction, become destroyed";with chattratām-,"to become a pupil";with nirvṛtim-,"to grow happy"[ see : Causal or cl.10 P. () vrājayati-, to send, drive, ; to prepare, decorate : Desiderative vivrajiṣati- grammar : Intensive vāvrajate-, vāvrakti-, to go crookedly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛj | cl.1.7. P. () varjati-, vṛṇ/akti- ; cl.2 A1. () vṛkte- (Vedic or Veda and also v/arjate-and vṛṅkt/e-; imperative vṛṅktām-[ varia lectio vṛktām-] ; vṛṅgdhvam- ; perfect tense vavarja-, vavṛje-[ grammar also vavṛñje- vāvṛje-; vavṛjy/uḥ-, vavṛktam- parasmE-pada f. -varj/uṣī-]; Aorist avṛk- ; vark-[2. 3. sg. ], varktam-, avṛjan- Potential vṛjyām- ; /avṛkta- ; avṛkṣam-, ṣi- ; avārkṣīs- ; avarjīt-, avajiṣṭa- grammar; future varjitā- ; varjiṣyati- ; varkṣyati-, te- ; infinitive mood v/ṛje-, vṛñj/ase-, vṛj/adhyai- ; vajitum-or vṛñjitum- grammar; ind.p. vṛktv/ī- ; -v/ṛjya-, -vargam- etc.) , to bend, turn ; to twist off, pull up, pluck, gather (especially sacrificial grass) ; to wring off or break a person's (accusative) neck ; to avert, remove ; (A1.) to keep anything from (ablative or genitive case), divert, withhold, exclude, abalienate ; (A1.) to choose for one's self, select, appropriate : Passive voice vṛjy/ate-, to be bent or turned or twisted etc.: Causal varjayati- (; mc. also te-; Potential varjayīta- ; Aorist avavarjat-), to remove, avoid, shun, relinquish, abandon, give up, renounce etc. ; to spare, let live ; to exclude, omit, exempt, except (yitvā-with accusative = excepting, with the exception of) etc.: Passive voice of Causal varjyate-, to be deprived of. lose (instrumental case) (see varjita-): Desiderative vivṛkṣ/ate- (), vivarjiṣati-, te- (grammar), to wish to bend or turn etc.: Intensive varīvṛjyate-, varvarkti- (grammar; parasmE-pada v/arīvṛjat- ), to turn aside, divert: Causal of Intensive varīvarj/ayati- (p.f. yantī-), to turn hither and thither (the ears) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛkta | vṛkti- etc. See under  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛnda | m. (with jaina-s) a particular śakti- (prob. vṛndā-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyac | (see ) vicati- (only in cl.3. proper vivyakti-,3. dual number vivikt/as-, subjunctive vivy/acat- ; imperfect tense avivyak-,3 plural avivyacus- ; perfect tense vivyāca-,2. sg. vivy/aktha- ; grammar also Aorist avyā ; (vicati-) to cheat, trick, deceive : Causal vyācayati- (Aorist avivyacat-) grammar : Desiderative vivyaciṣati- : Intensive vevicyate-, vāvyacīti-, vāvyakti- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyakta | vy-akti- See columns 2, 3.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyañj | P. A1. -anakti-, -aṅkte-, (A1.) to anoint thoroughly ; to decorate, adorn, beautify ; (P. A1.) to cause to appear, manifest, display etc. etc.: Passive voice -ajyate-, to be manifested or expressed : Causal -añjayati-, to cause to appear, make clearly visible or manifest | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāc | cl.1 P. A1. () y/ācati-, te- (usually A1.in sense of"asking for one's self"; perfect tense yayāca- grammar, yayāce- etc.; Aorist ayācīt-, ciṣṭa- subjunctive yāciṣat-, ṣāmahe- ; preceding yācyāt- grammar; future yācitā- ; yāciṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood yācitum- etc.; ind.p. yācitvā-, -y/ācya- etc.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require, implore (with double accusative;or with ablative,rarely genitive case of Persian;the thing asked may also be in accusative with prati-,or in dative case,or in the beginning of a compound with arthe-,or artham-) etc. ; (with p/unar-) to ask anything back ; (with kanyām-) to be a suitor for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (ablative,rarely accusative) or for (kṛte-or arthe-;also with vivāhā etc. ; to offer or tender anything (accusative) to (dative case) ; to promise (?) : Passive voice yācyate-, to be asked ("for", accusative;rarely of things) etc. ; Causal yāc/ayati- (te- ; Aorist ayayācat- ), to cause to ask or woo ; to request anything (accusative) for (arthe-) : Desiderative yiyāciṣate- Va1rtt. 3 : Intensive yāyācyate-, yāyākti- grammar  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathābhaktyā | (instrumental case of bhakti-) ind. with entire devotion  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yauktika | mfn. (fr. yukti-) suitable, proper, fit, logical, reasonable (a-y-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yogā | f. Name of a śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yoginī | f. (with tāntrika-s) a particular śakti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuj | (confer, compare ) yun/akti-, yuṅkt/e- (Epic also yuñjati-, te-;Ved. yojati-, te-; yuje-, yujmahe-,3. plural yujata- imperative yukṣv/a-; Potential yuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense yuy/oja-, yuyuj/e- etc. etc., 3. sg. yuyojate- ; Aorist Class. P. ayokṣīt-, ayaukṣīt-or ayujat-;Ved. also A1. /ayuji-;Ved. and Class. ayukṣi-, ayukta-; future yokt/ā- ; yokṣyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood yoktum- ; yuj/e- ; ind.p. yuktv/ā- etc.; yuktv/āya- ; -yujya- etc.), to yoke or join or fasten or harness (horses or a chariot) etc. ; to make ready, prepare, arrange, fit out, set to work, use, employ, apply ; to equip (an army) ; to offer, perform (prayers, a sacrifice) ; to put on (arrows on a bow-string) ; to fix in, insert, inject (semen) ; to appoint to, charge or intrust with (locative case or dative case) ; to command, enjoin ; to turn or direct or fix or concentrate (the mind, thoughts etc.) upon (locative case) etc. ; (P. A1.) to concentrate the mind in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit, be absorbed in meditation (also with yogam-) etc. ; to recollect, recall ; to join, unite, connect, add, bring together etc. (A1.to be attached, cleave to ) ; to confer, or bestow anything (accusative) upon (genitive case or locative case) (A1.with accusative,to become possessed of ;with ātmani-,to use for one's self, enjoy ) ; to bring into possession of, furnish or endow with (instrumental case) etc. ; to join one's self to (accusative) ; (in astronomy) to come into union or conjunction with (accusative) : Passive voice yujy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist /ayoji-), to be yoked or harnessed or joined etc. etc. ; to attach one's self to (locative case) ; to be made ready or prepared for (dative case) ; to be united in marriage ; to be endowed with or possessed of (instrumental case with or without saha-) etc. ; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (instrumental case) ; to accrue to, fall to the lot of (genitive case) ; to be fit or proper or suitable or right, suit anything (instrumental case), be fitted for (locative case), belong to or suit any one (locative case or genitive case), deserve to be (Nominal verb) etc. ; (with na-) not to be fit or proper etc. for (instrumental case) or to (infinitive mood,also with pass. sense = "ought not to be") : Causal yojayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist ayūyujat-; Passive voice yojyate-), to harness, yoke with (instrumental case), put to (locative case) etc. ; to equip (an army), draw up (troops) etc. ; to use, employ, set to work, apply, undertake, carry on, perform, accomplish etc. ; to urge or impel to ; to lead towards, help to (locative case) ; to set (snares, nets etc.) ; to put or fix on (especially arrows) etc. ; to aim (arrows) at (locative case) ; to fasten on or in, attack, adjust, add, insert ; (with manas-, ātmānam-etc.) to direct the thoughts to, concentrate or fix the mind upon (locative case) ; to join, unite, connect, combine, bring or put together (also = write, compose) etc. ; to encompass, embrace ; to put in order, arrange, repair, restore ; to endow or furnish or provide with (instrumental case) etc. ; to mix (food) with (instrumental case) ; to confer anything upon (locative case) ; (in astronomy) to ascertain or know (jānāti-) the conjunction of the moon with an asterism (instrumental case) Va1rtt. 11 ; (A1.) to think little of, esteem lightly, despise in : Desiderative yuyukṣati-, to wish to harness or yoke or join etc. ; to wish to appoint or institute ; to wish to fix or aim (arrows) ; (A1.) to wish to be absorbed in meditation, devout : Intensive yoyujyate-, yoyujīti- or yoyokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin jungere,jugum; Lithuanian ju4ngus; Slavonic or Slavonian igo; Gothic juk; German joh,Joch; Anglo-Saxon geoc; English yoke.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yukta | yukti- etc. See columns 2, 3. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yukti | f. trick, contrivance, means, expedient, artifice, cunning device, magic (yuktiṃ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuktitas | See under yukti-, p.853.  | ||||||
69 results
| |
| atipraśnaḥ | अतिप्रश्नः [अतिक्रम्य मर्यादां प्रश्नः] A question about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked, though a satisfactory reply has already been given; e. g. Vālāki's question to Yājñavalkya about Brahman in बृहदारण्यकोपनिषद्. अतिप्रसङ्गः atiprasaṅgḥ प्रसक्तिः prasaktiḥ अतिप्रसङ्गः प्रसक्तिः f. 1 Excessive attachment; नातिप्रसङ्गः प्रमदासु कार्यः Pt.1.187; स्त्रीष्वतिप्रसङ्गात् Dk.11. -2 Over-rudeness, impertinence; तद्विरमातिप्रसङ्गात् U.5; मा भूत्पुनर्बत कथंचिदतिप्रसङ्गः Mv.3.16 indiscretion or imprudence; यदेतावतः परिभवातिप्रसङ्गस्य तुल्यं स्यात् Mv.5 an insult. -3 Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of a (grammatical) rule, or principle; also = अतिव्याप्ति q. v. -4 A very close contact; अतिप्रसङ्गाद्वि- हितागसो मुहुः Ki.8.33 (अविच्छेदसङ्गः). -5 Prolixity; अलमतिप्रसङ्गेन Mu.1. |
| |
| ardha | अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable. |
| |
| īśvara | ईश्वर a. (-रा, -री f.) [ईश्-वरच् P.III.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रिया- स्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11; R.15.7. -2 Rich, wealthy Pt.2.67. -रः 1 A lord, master; ईश्वरं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14; so कपीश्वरः, कोशलेश्वरः, हृदयेश्वरः &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; राज्यमस्तमितेश्वरम् R.12.11; Ms.4.153, 9.278. -3 A rich or great man; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71; R.3.46; Bh.3.59; मा प्रयच्छेश्वरे धनम् H.1.14; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle." -4 A husband; नेश्वरे परुषता सखि साध्वी Ki.9.39. -5 The Supreme God (परमेश्वर); ईश एवाहमत्यर्थं न च मामीशते परे । ददामि च सदैश्वर्य- मीश्वरस्तेन कीर्तितः ॥ Skanda P.; cf. also ईश्वरस्तु पर्जन्यवद् द्रष्टव्यः Brahmasūtra-Śāṅkarabhāṣya. -6 N. of Śiva; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (संवत्सर) of the Śālivāhana era. -रा, -री N. of Durgā; of Lakṣmī; or of one of the śaktis; ईश्वरीं सर्वभूतानां त्वामिहोपह्वये श्रियम् (श्रीसूक्तम्); -री 1 N. of several plants and trees; लिङ्गिनीलता, वन्ध्या- कर्कटी, क्षुद्रजटा and नाकुलीवृक्ष. -2 A rich woman. -Comp. -अधीन a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. -कान्तम् 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares (एकषष्टिसमाधिक्यं पदं नवशतायुतम् । एव- मीश्वरकान्तं स्यात् ...... Mānasāra 7.46-48. -कृष्णः N. of the author of Sāṅkhya Kārikā. -निषेधः denial of the existence of god, atheism. -निष्ठ a. trusting in god. -पूजक a. pious, devout. -पूजा worship of god. -प्रसादः divine favour. -भावः royal or imperial state; दानमीश्वर- भावाय Bg.18.43. -विभूतिः f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg.1.19-42. -सद्मन् n. a temple. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II.4.23. -सेवा worship of god. |
| |
| utkarṣaṇam | उत्कर्षणम् 1 Drawing upwards. -2 Taking or pulling off. -णी N. of a Śakti. |
| |
| utsāhaḥ | उत्साहः [उद्-सह्-घञ्] 1 Effort, exertion; धृत्युत्साह- समन्वितः Bg.18.26. -2 Energy, inclination, desire; त्वद्दर्शनकृतोत्साहौ Rām.5.67.28. मन्दोत्साहः कृतो$स्मि मृगया- पवादिना माठव्येन Ś.2; ममोत्साहभङ्गं मा कृथाः H.3. do not damp my energy. -3 Perseverance, strenuous effort, energy, one of the three Śaktis or powers of a ruler (the other two being मन्त्र and प्रभाव); नीताविवोत्साहगुणेन सम्पद् Ku.1.22. -4 Determination, resolution; हसितेन भाविमरणोत्साहस्तया सूचितः Amaru.1. -5 Power, ability; सौरान्मन्त्रान् यथोत्साहम् (जपेत्) Ms.5.86. -6 Firmness, fortitude, strength. -7 (In Rhet.) Firmness or fortitude, regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the वीर or heroic sentiment; कार्यारम्भेषु संरम्भः स्थेयानुत्साह उच्यते S. D.3; परपराक्रमदानादिस्मृतिजन्मा औन्नत्याख्य उत्साहः R. G. -8 Happiness. -9 A thread. -1 Rudeness. -Comp. -योगः Bestowing one's energy, exercising one's strength; चारेणोत्साहयोगेन (विद्यान्महीपतिः) Ms.9.298. -वर्धनः the heroic sentiment (वीररस). (-नम्) increase of energy, heroism. -वृत्तान्तः plan or scheme of encouraging or exciting; Ś.2. -शक्तिः f. firmness, energy; see (3) above. -सम्पन्न a. active, energetic, persevering. -हेतुक a. one who encourages or excites to exertion; अपेहि रे उत्साहहेतुक Ś.2. |
| |
| upāsanam | उपासनम् ना 1 Service, serving, attendance, waiting upon; शीलं खलोपासनात् (विनश्यति); उपासनामेत्य पितुः स्म सृज्यते N.1.34; Pt.1.169; Ms.3.17; Bg.13.7; Y.3.156; Bh.2.42. -2 Engaging in, being intent on, performing; संगीत˚ Mk.6; सन्ध्या˚ Ms.2.69. -3 Worship, respect, adoration. -4 Practice of archery. -5 Regarding as, reflecting upon. -6 Religious meditation. न कर्मसांख्ययोगोपासनादिभिः Mukti Up.1.1. -7 The sacred fire. वानप्रस्थो ब्रह्मचारी साग्निः सोपासनो व्रजेत्. Y.3.45. -8 Injuring, hurting; (fr. अस् 2). -Comp. -उपासना- खण्डः, N. of the first section of the Gaṇeśa Purāṇa. |
| |
| om | ओम् ind. 1 The sacred syllable om, uttered as a holy exclamation at the beginning and end of a reading of the Vedas, or previous to the commencement of a prayer or sacred work. -2 As a particle it implies (a) solemn affirmation and respectful assent (so be it, amen !); (b) assent or acceptance (yes, all right); ओमित्युच्यताममात्यः Māl.6; ओमित्युक्तवतो$थ शार्ङ्गिण इति Śi. 1.75; द्वितीयश्चेदोमिति ब्रूमः S. D.1; (c) command; (d) auspiciousness; (e) removal or warding off. -3 Brahman. [This word first appears in the Upaniṣads as a mystic monosyllable, and is regarded as the object of the most profound religious meditation. In the Maṇḍūkya Upaniṣad it is said that this syllable is all what has been, that which is and is to be; that all is om, only om. Literally analysed, om is taken to be made up of three letters or quarters; the letter a is Vaiśvānara, the spirit of waking souls in the waking world; u is Taijasa, the spirit of dreaming souls in the world of dreams; and m is Prajñā, the spirit of sleeping and undreaming souls; and the whole om is said to be unknowable, unspeakable, into which the whole world passes away, blessed above duality; (for further account see Gough's Upaniṣads pp.69-73). In later times om came to be used as a mystic name for the Hindu triad, representing the union of the three gods a (Viṣṇu), u (Śiva), and m (Brahmā). It is usually called Praṇava or Ekakṣaram; cf. अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारेणोच्यते ब्रह्मा प्रणवेन त्रयो मताः ॥ -Comp. -कारः 1 the sacred syllable ओम्; त्रिमात्रमोकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति Mbh.VIII.2.89. -2 the exclamation ओम्, or pronunciation of the same; प्राणायामैस्त्रिभिः पूतस्तत ओंकारमर्हति Ms.2.75. -3 (fig.) commencement; एष तावदोंकारः Mv.1; B. R.3.78. -रा N. of a Buddhist śakti (personification of divine energy). |
| |
| katividha | कतिविध a. How many kinds; राम वेदाः कतिविधाः Mukti Up.1.1. |
| |
| kirmīrita | किर्मीरित a. 1 Variegated, spotted. शर्मोर्मिकिर्मीरितधर्म- लिप्सुः N.6.97. -2 Mingled with; तत्रास्मि पत्युर्वरिवस्ययेह शर्मोर्मिकिर्मीरितधर्मलिप्सुः Hch.6.97; cf. also क्षुत्क्षामार्भक- संभ्रमोक्तिनिगडैः किर्मीरिताः ... Sūktisundara 5.1. |
| |
| kuṭṭa | कुट्ट (ट्टि) नी A bawd, procuress, a go-between. ...पार्श्वे तथैव प्रतिवसति महाकुट्टनी खङ्गयष्टिः Sūkti.5.84. -2 A kind of spear. |
| |
| kuṇḍalin | कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.) |
| |
| kulīna | कुलीन a. [कुले जातः ख] Of high descent, of a good family, well-born; दिव्ययोषितमिवाकुलीनाम् K.11; न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनः Ch. Up.6.1.1. -नः A horse of good breed. -2 A worshipper of Śakti according to the lefthand ritual. -3 A Brāhmaṇa of the highest class in Bengal. -नम् A disease of the nails, Bhāg.7.6.12. |
| |
| kuhuḥ | कुहुः कुहूः f. 1 New moon day i. e. the last day of a lunar month when the moon is invisible; Mb.8.34.32; करगतैव गता यदियं कुहूः N.4.57. -2 The deity that presides over this day; Ms.3.86. -3 The cry of the (Indian) cuckoo; पिकेन रोषारुणचक्षुषा मुहुःकुहूरुताहूयत चन्द्र- वैरिणी N.1.1; उन्मीलन्ति कुहूः कुहूरिति कलोत्तालाः पिकानां गिरः Gīt.1; पिकविधुस्तव हन्ति समन्तमस्त्वमपि चन्द्रविरोधि-कुहूरवः Udb. -4 The first day of the first quarter on which the moon rises. -Comp. -कण्ठः, -मुखः, -रवः, -शब्दः the (Indian) cuckoo. -कालः The last day of the lunar month when the moon is invisible; न च कुहूकाले$पि संक्षीयते ...... त्वत्कीर्तिचन्द्रः सदा Sūktisundar 5.83. -पालः the king of turtles. -मुखः 1 The Indian cuckoo. -2 a calamity. -मुखम् new moon. |
| |
| kauṅkuma | कौङ्कुम a. of saffron. ... दवदहनः कौंङ्कुमो दिग्वधूनां ...... अङ्गरागः Sūktisundara 5.119. |
| |
| kaumāra | कौमार a. (-री f.) [कुमार-अण्] 1 Juvenile, youthful, virgin, maidenly (of men and women); कौमारः पतिः a man who marries a virgin; कौमारी भार्या a virgin wife; cf. Mbh. on P.IV.2.13. -2 Soft, tender. -3 Belonging to the god of war; Māl.1.1. -4 Of principal incarnation; स एव प्रथमं देवः कौमारं सर्गमास्थितः Bhāg.1.3.6. -री 1 The wife of one who has not married another wife. -2 The Śakti (power) of Kārtikeya. -रम् 1 Childhood (to the age of five). -2 Maidenhood (to the age of sixteen), virginity; पीता रक्षति कौमारे भर्ता रक्षति यौवने Ms.9.3; देहिनो$- स्मिन् यथा देहे कौमारं यौवनं जरा Bg.2.13. -Comp. -(ब्रह्म) चारिन् a. abstinent, chaste; Ks.66.155. -तन्त्रम् the section of a medical work, treating of the rearing or education of children. -बन्धकी a harlot; Māl.7. -भृत्यम् the rearing and general treatment of children. -राज्यम् the position of an heir-apparent; कौमार (v. l. कुमार) राज्ये जीवस्व Rām.2.58.23. -व्रतः (तम्) a vow of abstinence. -हर a. 1 marrying or gaining a woman as a girl. -2 devirginating; यः कौमारहरः स एव हि वरः K. P.1. |
| |
| kauve | कौवे (बे) र a. (-री f.) [कुवेरस्येदं अण्] Belonging to or coming from Kubera; यानं सस्मार कौबेरम् R.15.45. -री The north (the direction presided over by Kubera); ततः प्रतस्थे कौवेरीं भास्वानिव रघुर्दिशम् R.4.66. -2 The Śakti or female energy of Kubera. |
| |
| kṣoṇiḥ | क्षोणिः क्षोणी f. 1 The earth; क्षोणीनौकूपदण्डः क्षरदमर- सरित्पट्टिकाकेतुदण्डः Dk. -2 The number 'one' (in math.). -Comp. -पतिः, -पालः, -भुज् m. a king. ... भवदरिक्षोणी- भुजां निर्गमः Sūkti.5.72. |
| |
| ghaṭotkacaḥ | घटोत्कचः N. of a son of Bhīma by a female demon named हिडिम्बा; Bhāg.9.22.3-31. He was a very powerful person and fought valiantly in the great war between the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas on the side of the former, but was slain by Karṇa with the Śakti or missile he had received from Indra; cf. Mu.2.15. The derivation of the name is given in the आदिपर्व of महाभारत as follows : घटो हास्योत्कच इति माता तं प्रत्यभाषत । अब्रवीत्तेन नामास्य घटोत्कच इति स्म ह ॥ Mb.1.155.38. |
| |
| ghaṇṭālaḥ | घण्टालः An elephant; स्वर्धुनीपूरशुण्डः घण्टालः ...... Sūkti.5.66. |
| |
| carcanam | चर्चनम् [चर्च्-ल्युट्] 1 Studying, repetition, reading repeatedly. -2 Smearing the body with unguents; ज्योत्स्नाचन्दनचर्चनैः ... Sūkti.5.91. चर्चरिका carcarikā चर्चरी carcarī चर्चरिका चर्चरी [चर्च्-बा˚ अरन् गौराङीष्] 1 A kind of song. -2 Striking the hands to beat time (in music). -3 The recitation of scholars. -4 Festive sport, festive cries or merriment. -5 A festival. -6 Flattery. -7 Curled hair. -8 Triple symphony. -9 Alternate recitation of a poem by two persons. |
| |
| jhillī | झिल्ली A cricket; लूतातन्तुवितानसंवृतमुखी झिल्ली चिरं रोदिति Sūkti.5.19. -2 A kind of musical instrument, cymbal. -3 A parchment. -4 The wick of a lamp. -5 A cloth for applying unguents, colours &c. -6 Sunshine. -7 Light, lustre. -8 Rice burnt by cooking in a saucepan &c. |
| |
| tāmasa | तामस a. (-सी f.) [तमो$स्त्यस्य अण्] 1 Dark, consisting of darkness; व्यतिकर इव भीमस्तामसो वैद्युतश्च Māl.9.52; U.5.12. -2 Affected by or relating to तमस् or the quality of darkness (the third of the three qualities of nature); ये चैव सात्त्विका भावा राजसास्तामसाश्च ये Bg.7.12;17.2; M.1.1; Ms.12.33-34. -3 Ignorant. -4 Vicious. -सः 1 A malignant person, an incendiary, a villain. -2 A snake. -3 An owl. -4 N. of a son of Rāhu. -5 A kind of horse possessing the quality of तमस्; सात्त्विका राजसाश्चेति तामसाश्चेति ते हयाः Yuktikalpataru. -6 The 4th Manu; चतुर्थ उत्तमभ्राता मनुर्नाम्ना च तामसः Bhāg.8.1.27. -सम् Darkness. -सी 1 Night, a dark night. -2 Sleep. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -लीना (in Sāṅ. phil.) One of the forms of dissatisfaction. |
| |
| tāmra | ताम्र a. [तम्-रक् दीर्घः Uṇ.2.16.] 1 Made of copper. -2 Of a coppery red colour, red; ततो$नुकुर्याद्विशदस्य तस्यास्ताम्रौष्ठपर्यस्तरुचः स्मितस्य Ku.1.44; उदेति सविता ताम्रस्ताम्र एवास्तमेति च Subhāṣ. -म्रः A kind of leprosy with red spots. -म्रम् 1 Copper. -2 A dark or coppery red. -3 A coppery receptacle; ताम्रलोहैः परिवृता निधयो ये चतुः- शताः Mb.2.61.29. -म्री A copper pot having a small hole at the botton used in measuring time by placing it in a water-vessel. -Comp. -अक्षः 1 a crow. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -अर्धः bell-metal. -अश्मन् m. a kind of jewel (पद्मराग); ताम्राश्मरश्मिच्छुरितैर्नखाग्रैः Śi.3.7. -आभम् red sandal (रक्तचन्दन). -उपजीविन् m. a coppersmith. -ओष्ठः (forming ताम्रोष्ठ or ताम्रौष्ठ) a red or cherry lip; Ku.1.44. -कारः, -कुट्टः a brazier, coppersmith. -कृमिः 1 a kind of red insect (इन्द्रगोप). -2 the lady bird. -3 cochineal. -गर्भम् sulphate of copper. -चूडः a cock; संध्याचूडैर- निबिडतमस्ताम्रचूडैरुडूनि । प्रासूयन्त स्फुटमधिवियद्भाण्डमण्डानि यानि ॥ Rām. Ch.6.96;7.56. -चडकः a particular position of the hand. -त्रपुजम् brass. -द्रुः the red sandalwood. -द्वीपः the island of Ceylon; Divyāvadāna.36. -धातुः 1 red chalk. -2 Copper; Rām.3. -पट्टः, -पत्रम् a copper-plate on which grants of land were frequently inscribed; पटे वा ताम्रपट्टे वा स्वमुद्रोपरिचिह्नितम् । अभिलेख्यात्मनो वंश्यानात्मानं च महीपतिः ॥ Y.1.319. -पर्णी N. of a river rising in Malaya, celebrated for its pearls; R.4.5. Hence ताम्रपर्णिक (= obtained in the same river); Kau. A.2.11. -पलः Alangium Hexapetalum; दद्यात्ताम्रपलं वापि अभावे सर्वकर्मणः Yuktikalpataru. -पल्लवः the Aśoka tree. -पाकिन् Thespesia Populneoides (Mar. लाखी-पारासा पिंपळ). -पुष्पः Kæmpferia Rotunda (Mar. बाहवा). -ष्पी Bignonia Suaveolens (Mar. धायरी, भुईपाडळ) -फलकम् a copper-plate. -मुख a. copper-faced. (-खः) 1 a Frank or European; -2 the Moghals. -वदनः (see ताम्रमुख); योत्स्यन्ति ताम्रवदनैरनेकैः सैनिका इमे Śiva. B.26.23. -वर्णी the blossom of sesamum. -लिप्तः N. of a country. -प्ताः (pl.) its people or rulers. -वृक्षः a species of sandal. -शिखिन् m. a cook. -सारकः a sort of Khadira. (-कम्) red sandal-wood. |
| |
| tārā | तारा 1 A star or planet in general; हंसश्रेणीषु तारासु R.4.19; Bh.1 15. -2 A fixed star; Y.3.172; R. 6.22. -3 The pupil of the eye, the eye-ball; कान्तामन्तः- प्रमोदादभिसरति मदभ्रान्ततारश्चकोरः Māl.9.3; विस्मयस्मेरतारैः 1.28; Ku.3.47. -4 A pearl. -5 (in Sāṅkhya Phil.) One of the 8 Siddhis. -6 (in music) N. of a Rāga of six notes. -7 A kind of perfume. -8 (a) N. of the wife of Vāli, king of the monkeys, and mother of Aṅgada. She in vain tried to dissuade her husband Vāli from fighting with Rāma and Sugrīva, and married Sugrīva after Vāli had been killed by Rāma. (b) N. of the wife of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. She was on one occasion carried off by Soma (the moon) who refused to deliver her up to her husband when demanded. A fierce contest then ensued, and Brahmā had at last to compel Soma to restore her to her husband. Tārā gave birth to a son named Budha who became the ancestor of the Lunar race of kings (see Bhāg.9.14). (c) N. of the wife of Hariśchandra and mother of Rohidāsa (also called Tārāmatī). (d) N. of a Buddha goddess. (e) N. of a Śakti; Jaina. -Comp. -अधिपः 1 the moon; Ku.7.48; Bh.1.71. -2 Śiva. -3 Bṛihaspati. -4 Vāli. -5 Sugrīva. -आपीडः the moon. -आभः quicksilver. -ग्रहः one of the 5 lesser planets exclusive of the sun and moon; Bṛi.S.69.1. -पतिः 1 the moon R.13.76. -2 Vāli. -3 Bṛihaspati. -4 Śiva. -पथः the atmosphere, firmament, sky. -प्रमाणम् sidereal measure, sidereal time. -भूषा the night. -मण्डलम् 1 the starry region, the zodiac. -2 the pupil of the eye. -3 (लः) A kind of Śiva temple. -मृगः the constellation मृगशिरस् -मैत्रकम् 'the friendship of the stars', spontaneous or unaccountable love; Māl.7.4; U.5. -वर्षम् falling stars. |
| |
| tuhina | तुहिन a. [तुह्-इनन् ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.2.52] Cold, frigid. -नम् 1 Snow, ice; Pt.2.59. -2 Dew or frost; तृणाग्र- लग्नैस्तुहिनैः पतद्भिः Ṛs.4.7;3.15. -3 Moonlight. -4 Camphor. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -किरणः, -गुः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः, -रुचिः, the moon; Śi.9.3 नाभ्यर्थ्यन्ते तुहिन- रुचिना चन्द्रिकायां चकोराः Sūkti.5.25. -2 camphor. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -शैलः the Himālaya mountain; स्वदेह- परिवेषेण रक्ष्यते तुहिनाद्रिणा Ks.73.82; ज्वलितेन गुहागतं तम- स्तुहिनाद्रेरिव नक्तमोषधिः R.8.54. -कणः 1 a dew-drop; Amaru.54. -2 a snow-flake. -शर्करा ice. |
| |
| taijasa | तैजस a. (-सी f.) [तेजसो विकारः अण्] 1 Bright, splendid, luminous; वैराजा नाम ते लोकास्तैजसाः सन्तु ते शिवाः U.2. 12. -2 Made up or consisting of light; तैजसस्य धनुषः प्रवृत्तये R.11.43. -3 Metallic. -4 Passionate. -5 Vigorous, energetic. -6 Powerful, intense. -7 A kind of horse; ते तैजसाः पुण्यवता प्रदेशे भवन्ति पुण्यैरपि ते मिलन्ति Yuktikalpataru. -8 Endowed with the राजस quality; वैकारिक- स्तैजसश्च तामसश्चेत्यहं त्रिधा Bhāg.3.5.3. -सः The highly refined or subtle essence (Vedānta Phil.); विश्वश्च तैजसः प्राज्ञस्तुर्य आत्मा समन्वयात् Bhāg.7.15.54; Muṇḍ.4. -सम् 1 Any metal; Bhāg.11.21.12. -2 Ghee. -3 Intensity, severity. -4 Vigour, energy, might. -5 The group of senses; तैजसे निद्रयापन्ने पिण्डस्थो नष्टचेतनः । मायां प्राप्नोति मृत्युं वा Bhāg.11.28.3. -6 The movable (जङ्गम) world; तस्य तत्तेजसस्तस्माज्जज्ञे लोकेषु तैजसम् Mb.13.85.12. -Comp. -आवर्तनी a crucible. |
| |
| tri | त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old. |
| |
| dakṣiṇa | दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer. |
| |
| dantādanti | दन्तादन्ति ind. Tooth against tooth, biting one another; Mb.8. दन्तावलः dantāvalḥ दन्तिन् dantin दन्तावलः दन्तिन् m. An elephant; Bv.1.6; तृणैर्गुणत्वमापन्नेर्बध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.35; R.1.71; Ku. 16.2; दृष्ट्यैवाङ्कुशमुद्रया निगडितो दारिद्र्यदन्तावलः Sūktisundara 5.3. The Nm. adds: दन्ती तु वारणे, क्रोडे, श्वाने, व्याघ्रे, मृगा- धिपे । ओषधीनागहेरम्बसोमेष्वप्यथ...... ॥ -Comp. -दन्तः ivory. -मदः the juice exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut. -वक्त्रः Gaṇeśa. |
| |
| daurjana | दौर्जन a. (-दौर्जनी f.) Of malicious or wicked persons; ब्राह्मीव दौर्जनी संसद्वन्दनीया समेखला Sūktisundara 5.32. |
| |
| dvi | द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni. |
| |
| dhaṭakaḥ | धटकः A kind of weight equal to 42 Guñjās or Raktikas; तुल्या यवाभ्यां कथितात्र गुञ्जा वल्लस्त्रिगुञ्जो धरणं च ते$ष्टौ । गद्यानकस्तद्द्वयमिन्द्रतुल्यैर्वल्लैस्तथैवं धटकः प्रदिष्टः ॥ Līlā. |
| |
| dharaṇiḥ | धरणिः णी f. [धृ-अनि वा ङीप्] 1 The earth; लुठति धरणिशयने बहु विलपति तव नाम Gīt.5. -2 Ground, soil. -3 A beam for a roof. -4 A vein. -Comp. -ईश्वरः 1 a king. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Śiva. -कीलकः a mountain. -कोश N. of the Dictionary of धरणीदास. -जः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः an epithet of Mars; Mb.9.11.17. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. -जा, -पुत्री, -सुता an epithet of Sītā, daughter of Janaka (as born from the earth). -तलम् the surface of the earth. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śeṣa. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a mountain, सर्वतो मामविध्यन्त सरथं धरणीधरैः Mb.3.172.9; hence ˚सुता = Pārvatī; अन्यं तेनैव तुल्यं धरणिधरसुता प्रार्थयामास पत्यौ Sūkti.5.96. -4 a tortoise. -5 a king. -6 an elephant fabled to support the earth. -धृत m. 1 a mountain. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śeṣa; माहात्म्यं श्रोतुमिच्छामि शेषस्य धरणीधृतः Hariv. -पतिः a king. -पूरः, -प्लवः the ocean. -बिडौजस् m. a king; उदभूदथ तत्र नन्दनः शरभोजिर्धरणीबिडौ- जसः Śāhendra.2.37. -भृत् m. 1 a king. -2 a mountain. -3 Viṣṇu. -4 Śeṣa. -मण्डलम् the globe. -रुहः a tree. |
| |
| dhavaliman | धवलिमन् m. 1 Whiteness, white colour; अधिगत- धवलिम्नः शूलपाणेरभिख्याम् Śi.4.65. -2 Paleness; इयं भूतिर्नाङ्गे प्रियविरहजन्मा धवलिमा Subhāṣ; धवलिमा जातो मणीनां गणे Sūkti.5.81. |
| |
| nayanam | नयनम् [नी-करणे ल्युट्] 1 Leading, guiding, conducting managing. -2 Taking, bringing to or near, drawing; पापापहं स्वर्नयनं दुस्तरं पार्थिवर्षभैः Rām.1.14.58. -3 Ruling, governing, polity; वाक्यैः पवित्रार्थपदैर्नयनैः प्राकृतैरपि Bhāg. 1.5.34. -4 Obtaining. -5 The eye. -6 Passing, spending (as time). -ना, -नी The pupil of the eye. -Comp. -अञ्चलः, -अन्तः 1 the eye-corner. -2 a side-glance. -अभिराम a. gladdening the sight, lovely to behold. (-मः) the moon. -आमोषिन् a. blinding the sight, obscuring. -उत्सवः 1 a lamp. -2 delight of the eyes. -3 any lovely object. -उपान्तः the corner of the eye; नयनोपान्तविलोकितं च यत् (स्मरामि) Ku.4.23. -गोचर a. visible, within the range of sight. -चरितम् the play of the eyes, ogling. -छदः an eyelid. -जम्, -जलम्, -वारि n. tears; देव त्वद्वैरिनारीनयननयनजैर्निर्ममे नीरधिर्न Sūkti.5.117. -पथः the range of sight. -पुटम् the cavity of the eye, eye-lid. -प्रबन्धः the outer corner of the eye. -प्रीतिः lovely sight. -प्लवः the swimming of the eyes. -बुद्बुदम् an eye-ball. -विषयः 1 any visible object; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the horizon. -3 the range of sight. -सलिलम् tears; तस्मिन् काले नयनसलिलं योषितां खण्डितानाम् (शान्तिं नेयम्) Me.41. |
| |
| nibhālita | निभालित a. Seen; कति नो विषया निभालिताः Sūkti.5.1. |
| |
| nairāśyam | नैराश्यम् 1 Hopelessness, despair, despondency; आशा हि परमं दुःखं नैराश्यं परमं सुखम् Bhāg.11.8.44; तटस्थं नैराश्यात् U.3.13. -2 Absence of wish or expectation; येनाशाः पृष्ठतः कृत्वा नैराश्यमवलम्बितम् H.1.124; Bv.4.2. नैरुक्तः nairuktḥ नैरुक्तिकः nairuktikḥ नैरुक्तः नैरुक्तिकः One who knows the etymology of words, an etymologist; Ms.12.111. |
| |
| pakkaṇaḥ | पक्कणः 1 The hut of a Chāṇḍāla or barbarian; (विश्वामित्रस्य संवादं चाण्डालस्य च पक्कणे Mb.12.141.12. -2 A village of the barbarians. पक्ति pakti पक्तृ paktṛ पक्व pakva पक्ति पक्तृ पक्व &c. See under पच्. |
| |
| padmin | पद्मिन् a. [पद्म-इनि] 1 Possessing lotuses. -2 Spotted; शतं गजानामपि पद्मिनां तथा Mb.1.198.16. -m. 1 An elephant; पद्मीशनाथैः परिशीलनीया लक्ष्मीव संभाति नरेन्द्र ते सभा Sūkti.5.3. -2 An epithet of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| prajñā | प्रज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding, intellect, wisdom; आकारसदृशप्रज्ञः प्रज्ञया सदृशागमः R.1.15; नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता Bg.2.57; शस्त्रं निहन्ति पुरुषस्य शरीरमेकं प्रज्ञा कुलं च विभवं यशश्च हन्ति ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 Discernment, discrimination, judgment; इयं निष्ठा बहुविधा प्रज्ञया त्वध्यवस्यति Mb.14.3.24. -3 Device or design. -4 A wise or learned woman. -5 Longing for (वासना); impression (संस्कार); तं विद्याकर्मणि समन्वारभेते पूर्वप्रज्ञा च Bṛi. Up.4.4.2. -6 N. of the goddess Sarasvatī. -7 A particular Śakti or energy. -8 A true or transcendental wisdom; Buddh. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् a missile, weapon; ततः प्रज्ञास्त्रमादाय मोहनास्त्रं व्यनाशयत् Mb.6.77.53. -घनः nothing but intelligence; Bhāg. -चक्षुस्, -नयन a. blind; (lit. having understanding as the only eyes); ततो ज्ञास्यसि मां सौते प्रज्ञाचक्षुष- मित्युत Mb.1.1.149; Bhāg.1.13.28; Manodūta 115; N.12.16. (-m.) an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra; Mb.3. 7.24; Kāvyamālā, Part.13. (-n.) the mind's eye, mental eye, the mind; M.1. -पारमिता one of the transcendent virtues; Buddh. -मात्रा an organ of sense. -वादः a wise saying; अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे Bg.2.11. -वृद्ध a. old in wisdom. -सहाय a. intelligent, wise. -हीन a. void of wisdom, silly, foolish. |
| |
| prabhāvaḥ | प्रभावः 1 Lustre, splendour, brilliance. -2 Dignity, glory, majesty, grandeur, majestic lustre; प्रभाववानिव लक्ष्यते Ś1; अहो प्रभावो महात्मनाम् K. -3 Strength, valour, power, efficacy; पूज्यते यदपूज्योपि यदगम्योपि गम्यते । वन्द्यते यदवन्द्योपि स प्रभावो धनस्य च ॥ Pt.1.7; जानपदः प्रतिपत्तिमानुत्साह- प्रभावयुक्तः Kau. A.1.9. -4 Regal power (one of the three Śaktis, q. v.). -5 A superhuman power of faculty, miraculous power; अनुभावांश्च जानासि ब्राह्मणानां न संशयः । प्रभावांश्चैव वेत्थ त्वं सर्वेषामेव पार्थिव ॥ Mb.3.24.8 ('अनुभावो निश्चये स्यात् प्रभावः शक्तितेजसोः' Viśva.); प्रत्याहतास्त्रो गिरिश- प्रभावात् R.2.41,62;3.4. -6 Magnanimity. -7 Extension, circumference. -Comp. -ज a. Proceeding from majesty or regal power. |
| |
| bistaḥ | बिस्तः A weight of gold (equal to 8 Raktikas or gunjās). |
| |
| bhāruṣaḥ | भारुषः 1 The son of a वैश्यव्रात्य and an unmarried वैश्या. -2 A kind of Śakti worshipper. |
| |
| bhūmiḥ | भूमिः f. [भवन्त्यस्मिन् भूतानि, भू-मि किच्च वा ङीप्] 1 The earth (opp. स्वर्ग, गगन or पाताल); द्यौर्भूमिरापो हृदयं यमश्च Pt. 1.182; R.2.74. -2 Soil, ground; उत्खातिनी भूमिः Ś.1; विदूरभूमिः Ku.1.24. -3 A territory, district, country, land; विदर्भभूमिः. -4 A place, spot, ground, plot of ground; प्रमदवनभूमयः Ś.6; अधित्यकाभूमिः N.22.41; R.1. 52;3.61; Ku.3.58. -5 A site, situation. -6 Land, landed property. -7 A story, the floor of a house; as in सप्तभूमिकः प्रासादः; प्रासादैर्नैकभूमिभिः Rām.4.33.8. -8 Attitude, posture. -9 A character or part (in a play); cf. भूमिका. -1 Subject, object, receptacle; विश्वासभूमि, स्नेहभूमि &c.; मात्राणि कर्माणि पुरं च तासां वदन्ति हैकादशवीर भूमिः Bhāg.5.11.9. -11 Degree, extent, limit; प्रकुपितमभिसारणे- $नुनेतुं प्रियमियती ह्यबलाजनस्य भूमिः Ki.1.58. -12 The tongue. -13 The number 'one'. -14 The area. -15 The base of any geometrical figure. -Comp. -अनन्तरः a king of an adjacent district. -अनृतम् false evidence concerning land; सर्वं भूम्यनृते हन्ति मा स्म भूम्यनृतं वदीः Ms.8.99. -आमलकी, -आली N. of a plant; स्याद् भूम्यामलकी तिक्ता कषाया मधुरा हिमा Bhāva. P. -इच्छा a desire for lying on the ground. -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः 1 a king, sovereign; सभा ते भाति भूमिन्द्र सुधर्मातो$धिका क्षितौ Sūktisundara 5.28. -2 a mountain; आस्ते गुरुः प्रायशः सर्वराज्ञां पश्चाच्च भूमीन्द्र इवा- भियाति Mb.6.2.11. -कदम्बः a kind of Kadamba. -कम्पः an earthquake. -कूश्मण्डः liquorice (Mar. ज्येष्ठी- मध). -खर्जूरिका, -खर्जूरी a variety of date tree; 'भूमि- खर्जूरिका ...... दुरारोहा मृदुच्छदा' Bhāva. P. -गत a. fallen to the earth. -गर्तः, -गुहा a hole in the ground. -गृहम् a cellar, an underground chamber. -गोचरः a man. -चलः, -चलनम् an earthquake; दशग्रीवः समाधूतो यथा भूमिचले$चलः Rām.6.59.61. -छत्रम् a mushroom. -ज a. earth-born, born or produced from the earth. (-जः) 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. -3 a man. -4 the plant भूनिम्ब. (-जा) an epithet of Sītā. -जीविन् a. living on (the produce of) land; an agriculturist. (-m.) a Vaiśya. -(र्भि)जयः Uttara, the son of Virāṭa; Mb.4. -तनयः the planet Mars. -तलम् the surface of the earth. -दानम् a grant of land. -दुन्दुभिः 'earth-drum', as a pit covered over with skins. -देवः a Brāhmaṇa; शिष्ट्वा वा भूमिदेवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -धरः 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -3 the number 'seven'. -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -पालः, -भुज् m. 1 a king, sovereign; तत्तत् भूमिपतिः पत्न्यै दर्शयन् प्रियदर्शनः R.1.47. -2 a Kṣatriya. -पक्षः a swift or fleet horse. -परिमाणम् square measure. -पिशाचम् the wine-palm. -पुत्रः the planet Mars. -पुरंदरः 1 a king. -2 N. of Dilīpa. -प्रः a. filling the earth; भूमिप्रा$स्य कीर्तिर्भवति Ait. Ār.2.5.3. -बुध्न a. having the earth for a bottom; Ch. Up. -भागः a spot or portion of ground. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मण़्डा a kind of jasmine. -रक्षकः 1 a guardian of a country. -2 a swift or fleet horse. -रथिकः a ground charioteer; तद् यथा भूमिरथिको भूमौ रथमालिख्य योग्यां करोति । सा तस्य योग्या प्रयोगकाले सौकर्यमुत्पादयति ŚB. on MS.7.2.15. -रुहः a tree; A. Rām.7.4.21. -लाभः death (lit. returning to the dust of the earth). -लेपनम् cow-dung. -वर्धनः, -नम् a dead body, corpse; यो न याति प्रसंख्यानमस्पष्टो भूमिवर्धनः Mb.3.35.7. -शय a. sleeping on the ground. (-यः) 1 a wild pigeon. -2 a child, boy. -3 any animal living in the earth. -4 N. of Viṣṇu; भूशयो भूषणो भूतिः V. Sah. -शयनम्, -शय्या sleeping on the ground. -सत्रम् an offering of land; अक्षयान् लभते लोकान् भूमिसत्रं हि तस्य तत् Mb. -समीकृत a. thrown to the ground, floored (Mar. जमीनदोस्त), वानरै राक्षसाश्चापि द्रुमैर्भूमिसमीकृताः Rām.6.52.3. -संनिवेशः the general appearance of a country. -संभवः, -सुतः 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. (-वा, -ता) an epithet of Sītā. -स्थ a. being, standing on the ground; भूमिष्ठं नोत्सहे योद्धुं भवन्तं रथमास्थितः Mb.5. 179.1. -स्नुः an earth-worm. -स्पृश् a. 1 blind. -2 lame, cripple. (-m.) 1 a man. -2 mankind. -3 a Vaiśya. -4 a thief. -स्पोटः a mushroom. |
| |
| maśakaḥ | मशकः [मश्-वुन्] 1 A mosquito, gnat; सर्वं खलस्य चरितं मशकः करोति H.1.78; Ms.1.45. -2 A particular disease of the skin. -3 A leather water-bag. -4 N. of a district in Śākadvīpa inhabited by Kṣatriyas. -5 Gadfly, any fly that stings (दंशमशक); Mb.3.141.27. -की A female mosquito; मद्गेहे मशकीव मूषकवधूः ...... Sūkti.5.19. -Comp. -कुटिः, -टी f., -वरणम् a whisk for scaring away mosquitos. -हरी a mosquito-curtain. |
| |
| mahā | महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw |
| |
| muktā | मुक्ता 1 A pearl; हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.138 (where मुक्तानां means also 'of absolved saints'); Śukra.4.157. (Pearls are said to be produced from various sources, but particularly from oyster-shells :- करीन्द्रजीमूतवराहशङ्ख- मत्स्याहिशुक्त्युद्भववेणुजानि । मुक्ताफलानि प्रथितानि लोके तेषां तु शुक्त्यु- द्भवमेव भूरि ॥ Malli.). -2 A harlot, courtezan. -3 N. of a plant (रास्ना). -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः the pearloyster; लुठन्मुक्तागारे भवति परलोकं गतवतो । हरेरद्य द्वारे शिव शिव शिवानां कलकलः Bv.1.32 (v. l.). -आकारता the state of having the shape of a pearl; मुक्ताकारतया तदेव नलिनीपत्रस्थितं राजते. -आवलिः, -ली f., -कलापः a pearlnecklace. -गुणः a pearl-necklace, string of pearls; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूलमध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; R.16.18. -जालम् a string or zone of pearls; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.98. -दामन् n. a string of pearls. -दिश् the quarter or cardinal point just quitted by the sun. -पटलम् a mass of pearls. -पुष्पः a kind of jasmine. -प्रसूः f. the pearl-oyster. -प्रालम्बः a string of pearls. -फलम् 1 a pearl; अनेन पर्यासयताश्रुबिन्दून् मुक्ताफलस्थूलतमान् स्तनेषु R.6.28;16.62; Ku.1.6. -2 a kind of flower. -3 the custard-apple. -4 camphor. -5 N. of a work on Bhakti by Bopadeva; चतुरेण चतुर्वर्ग- चिन्तामणिवणिज्यया । हेमाद्रिर्बोपदेवेन मुक्ताफलमचीकरत् ॥ -मणिः, -रत्नम् a pearl. ˚सरः a necklace of pearls; अयं तावद्बाष्प- स्त्रुटित इव मुक्तामणिसरः U.1.29. -मातृ f. the pearl-oyster. -लता, -स्रज् f., -हारः a pearl-necklace. -शुक्तिः, -स्फोटः the pearl-oyster. |
| |
| mudrā | मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś. |
| |
| mūṣakaḥ | मूषकः 1 A rat, mouse. -2 A thief. -Comp. -अरातिः a cat. -वधू a female rat; मद्गेहे मशकीव मूषकवधूः Sūkti.5. 19. -वाहनः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. |
| |
| mūṣikāraḥ | मूषिकारः A male rat. मूषी mūṣī मूषीकः mūṣīkḥ मूषीका mūṣīkā मूषी मूषीकः मूषीका A rat, mouse; मद्गेहे ...... मूषीब मार्जारिका Sūkti.5.19. |
| |
| rakta | रक्त p. p. [रञ्ज्-करणे क्तः] 1 Coloured, dyed, tinged, painted; आभाति बालातपरक्तसानुः R.6.6. -2 Red, crimson, blood-red; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.36; so रक्ताशोक, रक्तांशुक &c. -3 Enamoured, impassioned, attached, affected with love; यावद् वित्तौपार्जनसक्तस्तावन्निजपरिवारो रक्तः Charpaṭa-Pañjarikā 3; अयमैन्द्रीमुखं पश्य रक्तश्चुम्बति चन्द्रमाः Chandr.5.58 (where it has sense 2 also). -4 Dear, liked, beloved. -4 Lovely, charming, sweet, pleasant; श्रोत्रेषु संमूर्छति रक्तमासां गीतानुगं वारिमृदङ्गवाद्यम् R.16.64; रक्तं च नाम मधुरं च समं स्फुटं च Mk. 3.4. -6 Fond of play, sporting, playful. -7 Nasalized (said of a vowel). -क्तः 1 Red colour. -2 Safflower. yours; यौष्माकीणे समन्तात् प्रसरति नितरां दिक्षु कीर्तेर्विताने Sūkti.5.86. |
| |
| lūtā | लूता [लू-तक् Uṇ.3.9] 1 A spider. -2 An ant. -Comp. -तन्तुः a cobweb; लूतातन्तुवितानसंवृतमुखी झिल्ली चिरं रोदिति Sūkti.19. -पट्टः a spider's egg. -मर्कटकः 1 an ape. -2 a kind of jasmine. |
| |
| vārāhī | वाराही 1 A sow. -2 The earth. -3 The Śakti of Viṣṇu in the form of a boar. -4 A measure. -Comp. -कन्दः N. of a bulbous plant (Mar. डुकरकंद). |
| |
| vaiṣṇava | वैष्णव a. (-वी f.) [विष्णुर्देवतास्य तस्येदं वा अण्] 1 Relating to Viṣṇu; गां गतस्य तव धाम वैष्णवम् R.11.85. -2 Worshipping Viṣṇu. -वः 1 One of the three important modern Hindu sects, the other two being Śaiva and Śākta sects. -2 N. of the asterism Śravaṇa. -वी 1 The personified Śakti or energy of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -4 The Tulasī plant. -वम् 1 The residence of Viṣṇu; i. e. वैकुण्ठ. -2 The ashes of a burnt offering. -Comp. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -स्थानकम् (in drama) walking about the stage with great strides. |
| |
| śaktiḥ | शक्तिः f. [शक्-क्तिन्] 1 (a) Power, ability, capacity, strength, energy, prowess; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शक्तौ R.1.22; so यथाशक्ति, स्वशक्ति &c. (b) Faculty, capacity; स्मरण- शक्ति 'retentive faculty or memory'. -2 Regal power; (it has three parts or elements; 1 प्रभुशक्ति or प्रभावशक्ति' the majesty or pre-eminent position of the king himself'; 2 मंत्रशक्ति 'the power of good counsel'; and 3 उत्साहशक्ति 'the power of energy'); राज्यं नाम शक्तित्रयायत्तम् Dk.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थसंचयम् R.3.13;6.33;17.63; Śi.2.26. -3 The power of composition, poetic power or genius; शक्तिर्निपुणता लोकशास्त्रकाव्याद्यवेक्षणात् K.P.1; see explanation ad loc. -4 The active power of a deity, regarded as his wife, female divinity; (these are variously enumerated, 8, 9 or even 5 being mentioned); स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1; Ś.7.35. -5 A kind of missile; शक्तिखण्डामर्षतेन गाण्डीविनोक्तम् Ve. 3; ततो विभेद पौलस्त्यः शक्त्या वक्षसि लक्ष्मणम् R.12.77. -6 A spear, dart, pike, lance. -7 (In phil.) The relation of a term to the thing designated. -8 The power inherent in cause to produce its necessary effect. -9 (In Rhet.) The power or signification of a word; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); तिस्रः शब्दस्य शक्तयः S. D.11. -1 The expressive power or denotation of a word (opp. लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना); it is thus defined:-- अस्माच्छब्दादयमर्थो बोद्धव्य इत्याकारको$नादिसंकेतः शक्तिः Tarka. K. -11 The female organ, the counterpart of the Phallus of &Saucte;iva worshipped by a sect of people called Śāktas. -12 A sword. -13 An implement in gambling. -Comp. -अर्धः perspiring and panting through fatigue or exertion. -अपेक्ष, -अपेक्षिन् a. having regard to strength; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत शक्त्यपेक्षो रसायनम् Śi.2.93. -कुण्ठनम् the deadening of a power. -ग्रह a. 1 apprehending the force or meaning. -2 armed with a spear. -(हः) 1 apprehension of the force, meaning, or acceptation of a word. -2 a spearman, lancer. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Kārtikeya. -ग्राहक a. determining or establishing the meaning of a word. (-कः) epithet of Kārtikeya. -त्रयम् the three constituent elements of regal power; see शक्ति (2) above. -धर a. strong, powerful. -(रः) 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya; ततस्तामेव चोत्कृष्य शक्तिं शक्तिधरप्रियः Rām. 7.8.11. -ध्वजः N. of Kārtikeya; शक्तिध्वजशिखरशूलोत्सेधं सौधमागतम् Dk.2.5. -नाथः N. of Śiva; स जयति परिणद्धः शक्तिभिः शक्तिनाथः Māl.5.1. -पर्णः Alstonia Scholaris. (Mar. सातवीण). -पाणिः, -भृत् m. 1 a spearman. -2 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -पातः 1 prostration of strength. -2 In Yoga philosophy, a spiritual procedure, by which the preceptor puts his strength (spiritual power) in his pupil. -पूजकः a Śākta q. v. -पूजा the worship of Śakti. -पूर्वः an epithet of Parāśara. -वैकल्यम् loss of strength, debility, incapacity. -हीन a. powerless, weak, impotent. -हेतिकः a lancer, spearman. |
| |
| śākta | शाक्त a. (-क्ती f.) [शक्तिर्देवता$स्य अण्] 1 Relating to power. -2 Relating to Śakti or the female personification of divine energy. -क्तः A worshipper of Śakti; (the Śāktas are generally worshippers of Durgā representing the female personification of divine energy, and the ritual enjoined to them is of two kinds, the pure or right hand ritual दक्षिणाचार, and impure or left-hand ritual वामाचार q. q. v. v.). |
| |
| śāktikaḥ | शाक्तिकः 1 A worshipper of Śakti. -2 A spearman, lancer. |
| |
| śākteyaḥ | शाक्तेयः शाक्त्यः 1 A workshipper of Śakti. -2 N. of Parāśara. |
| |
| śiras | शिरस् n. [शॄ-असुन् निपातः Uṇ.4.193] 1 The head; शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं (गुणं) परं (दोषं) कण्ठे नियच्छति Subhās. -2 Skull. -3 A peak, summit, top (as of a mountain); हिमगौरैरचलाधिपः शिरोभिः Ki.5.17; Śi.4.54. -4 The top of a tree. -5 The head or top of anything; तेनाहृतो महातालो वेपमानो बृहच्छिराः Bhāg.1.15.33; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74. -6 Pinnacle, acme, highest point. -7 Front, forepart, van (as of an army); पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26; U.5.3. -8 Chief, principal, head (usually at the end of comp.). -9 N. of the verse in the गायत्री (from आपो ज्योतिः to स्वरोम्); cf. T. Ar.1.27; Bhāg 5.9.5. -Comp. -अस्थि n. (शिरोस्थि) the skull. -कपालिन् m. an ascetic who carries about a human skull. -क्रिया presentation of the head. -गृहम् (शिरोगृहम्) a room on the top of a house, turret, garret. -ग्रहः (शिरोग्रहः) affection of the head, headache. -छेदः, -छेदनम् (शिरश्छेदः &c.) beheading, decapitation. -तापिन् m. an elephant. -त्रम्, -त्राणम् 1 a helmet; च्युतैः शिरस्त्रैश्चषकोत्तरेव R.7.49,66; अपनीत- शिरस्त्राणाः 4.64. -2 a head-dress. -धरा, -धिः, ध्रः (शिरोधरा, -धिः, -ध्रः) the neck; तेषां शिरोधरान् धूताञ्छरध्वज- धनूंषि च Rām.7.7.17; निकृत्तबाहूरुशिरोध्रविग्रहम् Bhāg.1. 59.16; Śi.4.52;5.65; cf. कम्बुशिरोधिः Chaitanyachandro- daya 3. -पीठम् the back of the neck. -पीडा headache. -पुष्पम् an ornament for the head; स्फुरितारुणवर्णेन शिर- ष्पुष्पेण शोभिताम् Śiva B.2.53. -प्रणामः bending the head. -प्रदानम् giving up the head or life. -प्रावरणम् a turban. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -भूषणम् (शिरोभूषणम्) an ornament for the head. -मणिः (शिरोमणिः) 1 a jewel worn on the head. -2 a crest-jewel. -3 a title of respect conferred on learned men. -मर्मन् m. (शिरोमर्मन्) a hog. -मालिन् m. (शिरोमालिन्) an epithet of Śiva. -रत्नम् (शिरोरत्नम्) a jewel worn on the head. -रुजा (शिरोरुजा) head-ache. -रुह् m., -रुहः (शिरोरुह्- रुहः) (also शिरसिरुह्-हः) the hair of the head; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः स्त्रियो निदाधं शमयन्ति कामिनाम् Ṛs. 1.4; Ku.5.9; R.15.16. -रोगः a disease of the head; अथातः शिरोरोगविज्ञानीयमध्यायं व्याख्यास्यामः Suśr. -वर्तिन् a. (-शिरोवर्तिन्) being at the head. (-m.) a chief, any one at the head of affairs. -वल्ली (शिरोवल्ली) the crest of a peacock. -वृत्तम् (शिरोवृत्तम्) pepper. -वेष्टः, वेष्टनम् (शिरोवेष्टः, -ष्टनम्) a head-dress, turban; शिरोवेष्टनव्याजतस्ते मुखेन्दोः Sūkti.35. -शूलम् head-ache. -रथः 1 leader, chief. -2 a plaintiff. -a. imminent. -स्थानम् main apartment; गतेष्वस्मासु राजा नः शिरःस्थानानि पश्यतु Pratimā 1.31. -हारिन् m. (शिरोहारिन्) an epithet of Śiva. |
| |
| śīta | शीत a. [श्यै-क्] 1 Cool, cold, frigid; तव कुसुमशरत्वं शीतरश्मित्वमिन्दोः Ś.3.2. -2 Dull, sluggish, apathetic, sleepy. -3 Dull, lazy, stupid. -तः 1 A kind of reed. -2 The Nimba tree. -3 The cold season (n. also). -4 Camphor. -तम् 1 Cold, coldness, chillness; आः शीतं तुहिनाचलस्य करथोः K. P.1. -2 Water. -3 Cinnamon. -4 Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body (कफ); शीतोष्णे चैव वायुश्च त्रयः शारीरजा गुणाः Mb.12.16.11. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; वक्त्रेन्दौ तव सत्ययं यदपरः शीतांशुरुज्जृम्भते K. P.1. -2 camphor. -अदः a kind of affection or diseased state of the gums. -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain. -अश्मन् m. the moon stone. -आकुल, -आर्त a. pinched or benumbed with cold, shivering. -उत्तमम् water. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -कालः the cold season, winter. -कालीन a. wintry. -कुम्भः the fragrant oleander. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of religious penance. -क्षारः refined borax. -गन्धः white sandal. -गात्रः a kind of fever. -गुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चम्पकः 1 a lamp. -2 a mirror. -दीधितिः the moon. -द्युतिः the moon; शीतद्युतेर्मण्डलम् Sūkti.62. -पङ्कः rum. -पित्तम् 1 a tumour caused by a chill. -2 increase of bile caused by cold. -पुष्पः the Śireeṣa tree. -पुष्पकम् benzoin. -प्रभः camphor. -फलः Ficus Glomerata (Mar. उंबर). -भानुः the moon. -भीरुः a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मयूखः, -मरीचिः, -रश्मिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -मूलकम् the root of the Uśīra q. v. -रम्यः a lamp. -रसः spirituous liquor made from the unboiled sugar-cane juice. -रुच् m., -रुचिः the moon; प्रतिवासरं सुकृतिभिर्ववृधे विमलः कलाभिरिव शीतरुचिः Ki.6.2. -वल्कः the Udumbara tree. -वीर्यकः the fig-tree. -वृष्टिः a variety of gem; Kau. A.2.11. -शिवः the Śamee tree. -(वम्) 1 rock-salt. -2 borax. -शूकः barley. -सहः the Pīlu tree. -स्पर्श a. cooling. |
| |
| śoktika | शोक्तिक a. (-की f.) 1 Relating to a pearl. -2 Acid, acetic. शौक्तिकेयम् śauktikēyam शौक्तेयम् śauktēyam शौक्तिकेयम् शौक्तेयम् A pearl. |
| |
| śauklyam | शौक्ल्यम् Whiteness, clearness; शौक्ल्यं गताः कुन्तलाः Sūkti.5.81. |
| |
| sarūpatā | सरूपता त्वम् 1 Likeness. -2 Assimilation to the deity, one of the four states of Mukti. |
| |
| salokatā | सलोकता Being in the same world, residence in the same heaven with a particular deity, (one of the four states of Mukti); सायुज्यं सलोकतां जयति य एवमेतत् साम वेद Bṛi. Up.1.3.22. सल्लका sallakā सल्लकि sallaki की kī सल्लका सल्लकि की A kind of tree, Shorea Robusta; cf. शल्लकी. |
| |
| sāyujyam | सायुज्यम् 1 Intimate union, identification, absorption, especially into a deity (one of the four states of Mukti); सायुज्यं सलोकतां जयति य एवमेतत् साम वेद Bṛi. Up.1.3.22. -2 Similarity, likeness. |
| |
| sārūpyam | सारूप्यम् 1 Sameness of form, similarity, likeness. conformity, resemblance; अन्तर्वृत्तिसारूप्यतः Māl.5. -2 Assimilation to the deity (one of the four states of Mukti). -3 (In dramas) An angry treatment of one mistaken for another through resemblance; सारूप्यमभि- भूतस्य सारूप्यात् क्षोभवर्तनम् S. D.464. -4 Surprise at seeing an object or its likeness seen elsewhere. -a. Fit, proper, suitable. |
| |
| sārṣṭitā | सार्ष्टिता 1 Equality in rank, condition, or power; देवतानां सलोकतां सार्ष्टितां सायुज्यं गच्छति Ch. Up.2.2.2. -2 Equality with the Supreme Being in power and all the divine attributes, the last of the four states or grades of Mukti; ब्रह्मदो ब्रह्मसार्ष्टितां (प्राप्नोति) Ms.4.232. |
| |
| sārṣṭyam | सार्ष्ट्यम् The fourth grade of Mukti; see above. |
| |
| svargaḥ | स्वर्गः Heaven, Indra's paradise; अहो स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृतिस्थानम् Ś.7. -Comp. -आपगा the celestial Ganges. -ओकस्, -सद् m. a god, deity; स्वर्गः स्वर्गसदश्चैव धर्मश्च स्वयमेव तु (उपतिष्ठतु) Mb.14.92.27. -काम a. desirous of heaven. -गतिः, -गमनम् death. -गिरिः the heavenly mountain Sumeru. -तरङ्गिणी the Ganges; पश्य स्वर्गतरङ्गिणी- परिसरे Sūkti.62. -तर्षः eager desire for heaven. -द, -प्रद a. procuring (entrance into) paradise. -द्वारम् heaven's gate, the door of paradise, entrance into heaven; स्वर्गद्वारकपाटपाटनपटुर्धर्मो$पि नोपार्जितः Bh.3.11. -पतिः, -भर्तृ m. Indra. -पथः the milky way. -पर a. desirous of heaven. -मार्गः 1 the road to heaven. -2 the milky way. -रोदःकुहरः the hollow space between heaven and earth; टाङ्कारः स्वर्गरोदःकुहरवलयितस्त्रासकारी न कस्य B. R.1.49. -लोकः 1 the celestial region. -2 paradise. ˚ईश्वरः 1 Indra. -2 the body (as enjoying felicity in Indra's heaven). -वधूः, -स्त्री f. a celestial damsel, heavenly nymph, an apsaras; स्वर्गस्त्रीणां परिष्वङ्गः कथं मर्त्येन लभ्यते. -वासः residence in heaven. -साधनम् the means of attaining heaven. |
8 results
| |
| añj | añj, VII. P. anákti anoint; Ā. aṅkté anoint oneself, viii. 29, 1. |
| |
| pṛc | pṛc mix, VII. pṛṇákti. sám-, Ā. pṛṅkté, mingle, vii. 103, 4. |
| |
| yuj yoke | yuj yoke, VII. yunákti: pf. yuyujé, x. 34, 11; rt. ao. áyugdhvam, i. 85, 4. prá- yoke in front, i. 85, 5. |
| |
| ric | ric leave, VII. P. riṇákti, vii. 71, 1 [Gk. λείπω, Lat. linquo]. áti- extend beyond: ps. ipf. áricyata, x. 90, 5. |
| |
| vac | vac utter, III. P. vívakti; ao. op., ii. 35, 2; speak, ps. ucyáte, x. 90, 11; 135, 7 [Lat. voc-āre ‘call’]. ádhi- speak for (dat.), viii. 48, 14. prá- proclaim, i. 154, 1; vii. 86, 4; declare, x. 129, 6. |
| |
| vṛj | vṛj twist, VII. vṛṇákti, vrṅkté. pári- pass by, ii. 33, 14. |
| |
| vyac | vyac extend, III. P. vivyakti. sám- roll up, ipf. ávivyak, vii. 63, 1. |
| |
| suvṛkti | su-vṛktí, f. song of praise, ii. 35, 15; vii. 71, 6 [sú + ṛk-ti from arc praise, cp. ṛc]. |
109 results
| |
| anuprapattavya | fp. to be fol lowed; -pra-vakanîya, fp. requisite for learning the Veda; -pravesa, a. entering, penetrating into (feelings, &c.); accommodation to (--°ree;); -prasna, m. enquiry after (g.); -pra sakti, f. connexion; -prâsa, m. alliteration. |
| |
| anurakta | pp. devoted, attached, fond; -rakti, f. attachment, fondness; -rañg aka, a. gratifying; -rañgana, n. gaining the affection of; -rathyâ, f. footpath, pavement; -râga, m. colouring; redness; affection; at tachment; fondness for (--°ree;); contentment: -vat, a. red; fond; enamoured of (saha): -î, f. N.: -sri&ndot;gâravatyau, du. f. Anurâgavatî and Sri&ndot;gâravatî; -râgi-tâ, f. attachment; -râ gin, a. attached to; worldly; enamoured; lovely; -râtram, ad. by night. |
| |
| anuśakti | f. a subordinate Sakti. |
| |
| annakāma | a. desirous of food; -da, a. giving food; -dâtri, m. giver of food; -dâna, n. gift of food; -dosha, m. offence in diet, eating forbidden food; -pakti, f. prepar ation of food; -pati, m. lord of food (Savitri, Agni, or Siva); -prada, a. bestowing food; -prâsana, n. first feeding of an infant with rice; -bhatta, m. N. of an author; -maya, a. con sisting of food; -mala, n. secretion of rice; -yoni, arrack; -rasa, n. sg. & m. pl. food & drink; taste in preparing food: -maya, a. con sisting of food & drink; -vat, a. hvg. food, rich in food; -vikâra, m. transformation of food: -tva, n. abst. n.; -samskâra, m. preparation of viands. |
| |
| aparikrama | a. unable to walk about; -klishta, pp. not sickly; -klesa, m. welfare; -kshata, pp. unhurt; -kshîna-sakti, a. of unimpaired strength: -tva, n. abst. n.; -ganayat, pr. pt. unreflecting; -gata, pp. un known, inscrutable; -graha, m. poverty; a. poor; wifeless. |
| |
| abahubhāṣin | a. not speak ing much; (i)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -vyakti-nish- tha, a. not applicable to many individuals; -sruta, pp. not very learned. |
| |
| abhivyakta | pp. √ añg: -m, ad. plainly; -vyakti, f. manifestation. |
| |
| arthayukta | pp. significant; -yukti, f. gain, advantage; -râsi, m. wealth; -ruki, a. avaricious; -lâbha, m. acquisition of wealth; -lubdha, pp. avaricious; -lolupa-tâ, f. love of money; -vat, a. wealthy; significant; in telligible; ad. judiciously: -tâ, f., -tva, n. significance; -vargita, pp. meaningless; -varman, m. N.; -vâda, m. explanation of the purpose; praise; -vâdin, a. reporting facts; -vid, a. knowing the sense; -vinâsana, a. de trimental; -viparyaya, m. impoverishment; poverty; -vriddhi, f. increase of wealth; -vy avahâra, m. pecuniary suit. |
| |
| ātmaśaṃsā | f. self-praise; -sakti, f. one's own power: in. according to one's power; -sonita, n. one's own blood; -slâgha, -slâghin, a. boastful; -samyoga, m. personal interest in anything; -samstha, a. attached to one's person; directed to oneself. |
| |
| icchā | f. wish, desire: °ree;-or in. ac cording to wish or inclination; at will; -bhar ana, m. N.; -sakti-mat, a. having the faculty of wishing; -sadrisa, a. conforming to one's wishes; -sampad, f. fulfilment of wishes. |
| |
| indriya | a. belonging to, like or dear to Indra; m. companion of Indra; n. Indra's might; dominion; mighty deed; vigour, energy; semen virile; organ of sense; -kâma, a. desirous of might; -grâma, m.totality of the senses; -nigraha, m. restraint of the senses; -sakti, f. power of the senses; -samyamá, m. restraint of the senses. |
| |
| ukti | f. declaration; express statement; speech, saying; word, expression; song: -m kri, raise the voice; -posha, m. pleonasm; -pratyuktikâ, f. speech and reply. |
| |
| utsāha | m. power, energy; effort, resolution, perseverance; inclination for, de light in (--°ree;): -yoga, m. display of energy; -vat, a. energetic; -sakti, f. strength of will, force of energy; -sâhin, a.resolute; powerful. |
| |
| unnayana | n. raising; parting; in ference: -pa&ndot;kti, a. the rows of whose eyes are directed upwards. |
| |
| ekapatikā | a. having the same husband; -patni-tâ, f. having one wife in common; -patnî, f. (é-) wife of any one man, faithful spouse; a. pl. having one and the same husband; -pád (or é-), strong base -pâd, f. -padî, a. one-footed; -pada, n. one and the same spot: -m, lc. at once, suddenly, in a trice; a. (é-) one-footed; only one step long: -m, ad. in short; -padâ, f. verse consisting of one pâda; -padî, f. foot-path; -pará, a. marked with one point (die); -pâna, m. single wager or stake; -pâtin, a. isolated, separate; connected: pl. taken together; -pâda, m. one foot; a. (é-) one-footed; -pârthiva, m. sole monarch; -pi&ndot;ga, m.(quite brown) ep. of Kubera: -la, m. id.: -½akala, m. Kubera's mountain, i. e. the Himavat; -pîta, a. quite yellow; -prakhya, a. homogeneous; uniform; -phala, a. bearing the same fruit as (--°ree;); -buddhi, a.unanimous; simple-minded; m. N. of a fish; f. simple conception (ph.); -bhakta, pp. serving or kept by one master; n. eating one meal a day; -bhakti-ka, a. taking only one meal a day; -bhaksha, m. sole food; -bhâva, m.simplicity, straightforwardness, sincerity; a. having one and the same nature; honest, sincere; behaving uprightly towards (g.); -bhâvin, a. becoming one, coalescing; -bhû- ta, pp. undivided; closely attentive; -bhû mi½îsvara, m. sole ruler of earth; -bhogin, a. eating only once a day; -mati, f. unanimity; concentration of mind; a. unanimous; -manas, a. having the mind fixed on one object, attentive (sts. --°ree;); unanimous; -maya,a. (î) consisting exclusively of, quite filled with (--°ree;); -mukha, a. superintended by one; -mûrti, f. one person; -mûla, a. having a single root. |
| |
| kālayavana | m. N. of a Dvîpa; -yâpa, m.: -na, n., -nâ, f. procrastination; -yoga, m. conjuncture of time or fate; point of time: -tas, ad. according to circumstances; -loha, n. iron, steel; -vâla, a.having a black tail; -vid, a. knowing the times; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of chronology or the calendar; -vibhakti, f. division of time; -vriddhi, f. kind of illegal interest; -vyatîta, pp. for which the right time has passed. |
| |
| kumāra | m. [dying easily], (new born) child; boy; youth, son; prince; ep. of Skanda; (a)-ká, m. little boy, boy, youth; --°ree;, a young --; -tva, n. boyhood, youth; sonship; -datta, m. N.; (á)-deshna, a.giving but fleet ing gifts; -dhârâ, f. N. of a river; -bhukti, f. apanage of a crown prince; -bhrityâ, f. fostering of a child; midwifery; -vana, n. Kumâra's grove; -vikrama, a. valiant as the god of war; -vrata, n. vow of chastity; -sambhava, m. birth of the war-god: T. of a poem by Kâlidâsa; -sena, m. N. of a minister; -sevaka, m. prince's servant. |
| |
| kaṣṇavarṇa | a. black-coloured; -vartman, m. fire (black-tracked); (á)-vâla, a. black-tailed; -sakti, m. N.; -sarpa, m. kind of black snake; -sâra, a. chiefly black, spotted black and white; m.spotted antelope; (á)-sâra&ndot;ga, a.; m. f.; id. |
| |
| kaulika | m. weaver; worshipper of Sakti according to the left-hand ritual: -kâ ra, a. behaving like a weaver. |
| |
| kaula | a. (î) relating to a family; hereditary, inherited; m. worshipper of Sakti according to the left-hand ritual. |
| |
| kriyākula | a. busy, overwhelmed with business; -½âtmaka, a. whose nature is ac tivity: -tva, n. abst. n.; -dveshin, a. evading the evidence; -½antara, n. interruption of an action; another action;-pada, n. verb; -pra bandha, m. continuity of an action; -½abhy upagama, m. express promise; -yoga, m. con nexion with an action or verb; employment of means; the practical Yoga; -yogya, a. fitted for work; -½artha, a. having an action as an object; -lopa, m. failure of ceremonies; -vat, a. performing actions, active; performing sacred rites; -vidhi, m. specific rule of action; employment of a verb; -viseshana, n. ad verb;-sakti, f. capacity of acting: -mat, a. capable of acting. |
| |
| kṣayadivasa | m. day of the world's destruction; -paksha, m. fortnight of the moon's wane; -yukta, pp. ruined, fallen; -yukti, f. destruction, ruin; -rog-in, a. con sumptive: -i-tva, n. consumption. |
| |
| gajadanta | m. ivory; -nimîlita, n. elephant's wink=connivance; -pati, m. lordly elephant; -pumgava, m. lordly elephant; -pura, n. N. of a city=Hastinâpura; -mada, m. elephant's temple-juice; -muktâ, f. pearl said to be sometimes found in an elephant's forehead; -mauktika, n. id.; -yûtha, m. herd of elephants; -râga-muktâ, f.=gaga-muktâ; -vat, a. provided with elephants; -vadana, m. Elephant-face, ep. ofGanesa. |
| |
| cheka | a. dexterous, crafty: -½ukti, f. allusion, ambiguous speech. |
| |
| jīvanmaraṇa | n. living death; -mukta, pp. having obtained final liberation while yet alive; -mukti, f. liberation during life; -mrita, pp. living and yet dead, half dead: -ka, a. id. |
| |
| jīrṇa | pp. of √ grî; n. decrepitude, old age; digestion: -tâ, f. old age; -tva, n. id.; -visha, m. N. of a snake charmer; -sakti, f. power of digesting (lc.); -sata-khanda maya, a. (î) consisting of a thousand worn out pieces; -½âmaya-gvara, m. slow fever. |
| |
| jñāna | n. knowledge; true or superior knowledge (sts. pl.); wisdom; intention; assumption; consciousness; organ of sense: -kânda, n. the part of revelation treating of the higher knowledge; -kakshus,n. eye of knowledge; a. seeing with the eye of know ledge; -da, m. imparter of knowledge; -pûrva, a. preceded by knowledge, i. e. well-considered; -maya, a. (î) consisting in or containing knowledge; -mârga, m. path of knowledge; -yoga, m. the theoretical Yoga; -vat, a. knowing; learned; possessed of superior knowledge; -sakti-mat, a. having the faculty of knowing; -siddhi, m. N. |
| |
| tīra | n. [crossing: √ trî] shore, bank; -ga, a. growing on the bank (tree); -bhâg, a. standing on the bank; -bhuktîya, a. coming from Tirhut. |
| |
| durukta | pp. spoken falsely, rashly, or offensively (n. word --); harshly addressed; n. false, rash, or offensive word; -ukti, f. harsh or offensive word; -ukkheda, a. hard to exterminate; -uttara, a. hard to overcome; -utsaha, a. hard to bear; -resist; -udâhara, a. hard to utter; -udvaha, a. hard to bear; -upakâra, a. hard to approach, dangerous to molest; hard to deal with; -upadishta, pp. badly instructed; -upadesa, m.bad advice; -upapâda, a. hard to bring about or manage; difficult to prove; -upalaksha, a. hard to perceive; -upasarpin, a. approaching incau tiously. |
| |
| dṛḍhadasyu | m. N. of an ancient sage; -dhanvan, a. having a stiff bow; -dhriti, a. strong-willed; -prahâri-tâ, f. hardness of hitting; -bhakti, a. firm in de votion to (lc.); -mati, a. firmly resolved; -mushti, m. tight fist; a. close-fisted. |
| |
| devapati | m. lord of the gods, Indra; (á)-patnî, a. f. having a god for a husband; -pasu, m. animal consecrated to the gods; -pâtrá, n. cup of the gods; -p&asharp;na, a. serving the gods for drinking;-putra, m. son of a god; a. (devá-) having gods as children; -pur, f. citadel of the gods; Indra's abode; -pura, n. Indra's abode; -pûgâ, f. divine worship; -pûrva, a. preceded by the word deva: -giri, m.=deva-giri; -prabha, m. N. of a Gandharva; -prasâda, m. N.; -priya, a. beloved of the gods (Siva); -bhakti, f. devotion to a god or the gods; -bhavana, n. abode of the gods, heaven; temple; -bhi shag, m. divine physician; -bhûta,pp. hav ing become or being a god; -maní, m. divine jewel, esp. Vishnu's breast ornament; whirl of hair on a horse's neck; -maya, a. con taining the gods; -mâtri-ka, a. nourished by rain only, i. e. by no other water; -mârga, m. path of the gods, jocular designation of the hind quarters; -muni, m. divine sage. |
| |
| dvirukta | pp. said twice, repeated; reduplicated; n. reduplication; -ukti, f. repetition, doubling. |
| |
| nāṭya | n. dance; dramatic represen tation, scenic art; actor's attire: in. (represent) mimetically=on the stage; -vedî, f. stage; -sâlâ, f. dancing-hall; -sâstra, n. principles of dramatic art; -½âkârya, m.teacher of dancing or of the scenic art: -ka, n. office of a dancing-master; -½ukti, f. theatrical term. |
| |
| nārāśaṃsa | a. (î) relating to the praise of men; sacred to Agni Narâsamsa; m. N. of certain Soma cups over which a prayer containing the word Narâsamsa is uttered: -pa&ndot;kti, a. performed with five Nârâsamsa cups. |
| |
| niyukta | pp. √ yug; m. public functionary, official; -yukti, f. appointment, employment (for, -artham); -yú-t, f. be stowal; series; team, steed, esp. of Vâyu: pl. verses, poem; -yuta, pp. √ yu;n. a certain large number, gnly. million; -yuddha, n. fight, esp. with fists. |
| |
| nirukta | pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded. |
| |
| paṅktī | f. metrical for pa&ndot;kti. |
| |
| padaka | n. step; office, position; -krama, m. kind of gait; peculiar method of reciting and writing the Veda; -gati, f. gait; -kihna, n. footprint; -tâ, f. original form of a word; condition of a word; -nyâsa, m. putting down the foot, step; footprint; inditing of verses; (á)-pa&ndot;kti, f. series of footsteps, track; a metre (5 X 5 syllables); series of words; -paddhati, f. series of foot steps, track; -pâtha, m. word-reading, a mode of reciting and writing the Veda in which every word is given in its original form irrespective of Sandhi; -pûrana, a. verse filling; -yópana, a. (î) pace-retarding; -rak anâ, f. arrangement of words, literary work; -vigraha, m. separation of words; -víd, a. (knowing the place), familiar with (g.). |
| |
| paruṣetara | a. reverse of severe, gentle, benign; -½ukti, f. rough speech. |
| |
| pāṅkta | a. consisting of five parts, fivefold; composed in pa&ndot;kti metre. |
| |
| pādanamra | a. bowing down to the feet of any one; -nikrit, a. having a de ficiency of a syllable in each quarter-verse; -nyâsa, m. setting down of the feet, step; footprint; -pa, m. (drinking by the root), plant, esp. tree: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -patana, n. throwing oneself at the feet of any one, pros tration; -patita, pp. having thrown oneself at any one's feet; -paddhati, f. line of foot steps, footprints; -padma, m. lotus-foot; -parikâraka, m. humble servant; -pâda dhâvana, n. washing of one foot with the other; -pîtha, n. footstool: î-kri, turn into a footstool; -pûrana, a., n. filling a verse foot; -prakshâlana, n. washing of the feet; -prasârana, n. stretching out the feet; -pra hâra, m. kick; -bhata, m. foot-soldier; -bhâ ga, m. a fourth; -bhâg, a. possessing=equalling only a fourth part of any one (g.) in (lc.); -mudrâ, f. footprint; trace, sign, indication:-pa&ndot;kti, f. line of footprints, track; -mûla, n. root of the foot, tarsus; sometimes used as a respectful designation of a person; foot of a mountain: e ni-pat, fall at the feet of (g.); -yuddha, n. foot-fight; -ragas, n.dust of the feet; -lagna, pp. sticking in the foot (thorn); lying at any one's feet; attached to the foot; -lepa, m. foot-ointment of a peculiarly magical power; -vandana, n. adoration of the feet, reverential salutation;-sabda, m. sound of footsteps; -sas, ad. foot by foot; by a fourth; sauka, n. cleansing of the feet; -stambha, m. supporting beam, pillar. |
| |
| punarukta | pp. said over again, repeated; superfluous, useless: -m or °ree;--, ad. repeatedly; n. repetition, tautology: -tâ, f., -tva, n. repetition, tautology; -ukta-vad- âbhâsa, m. seeming tautology (rh.); -ukti, f. repetition; useless repetition, tautology; useless or empty word: -mat, a. tautological; -uktî-kri, render superfluous; -upagamana, n. return; -upasadana, n. repeated performance; -upâkarana, n. renewal of study; -upâgama, m. return. |
| |
| pratiṣeddhavya | fp. to be re strained; -denied; -sheddhri, m. preventer, restrainer, of (g., sts. ac. of thing); -shedha, m. prevention, determent, restrainment; pro hibition; annulment, negation; negative; refusal: -ka, a. (ikâ) keeping off, forbidding; negativing; -shedana, a. warding off; n. preventing, deterring, restraining, from (ab.); prohibition against (ab.); rejection, refuta tion; -shedanîya, fp. to be restrained or prevented; -shedhayitri, a. (trî) negativing; -shedha½akshara, n. refusal; -shedha½ât maka, a. having a negative form; -she dha½apavâda, m. annulment of a prohibition; -shedha½arthîya, a. having the meaning of a negation; -shedha½ukti, f. negative or pro hibitory expression; -shedha½upamâ, f. com parison having a negative form; -shedhya, fp. to be prevented, prohibited, or rejected; -denied; -shtambha, m.obstruction, hind rance, impediment; annulment; -shtambh in, a. impeding (--°ree;); -shthá, a. steadfast; resisting; -shthâ, f. standing still; stead fastness, stability, perseverance in (--°ree;); stand ing-place, position; repository; foundation; support; abiding-place, homestead, dwelling; pediment, foot (of men or animals); tran quillity; pre-eminence; standing, high posi tion; accession to the throne; erection of an image or Li&ndot;ga;N. of various metres: (â) kâma, a. desiring a fixed abode or high position; -shth&asharp;na, n. firm standing-place, foundation; pedestal, foot; founding of a city; N. of a town situated at the confluence of the Ganges and the Yamunâ; m. N. of a locality on the Godâvarî (the Paithana of the Greeks); -shthâpana, n. erection of an image; establishment, corroboration: â, f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis; -shthâpayitavya,fp. to be placed; -shth&asharp;p ya, fp. to be placed or based on (lc.); to be entrusted to (d. or lc.); -shthâsu, des. a. in tending to depart; -shthí, f. resistance; -shthita, pp. (√ sthâ) famous, celebrated; expert in (lc.):-pada, n. having verses (pâdas) containing a fixed number of sylla bles); -shthiti, f. firm stand or footing. |
| |
| pratīpavacana | n. contradic tion; -½ukti, f. id. |
| |
| pratyukta | pp. √ vak; n. answer: -tva, n. refutation; -½ukti, f. reply; -½uggîv ana, n. revival; resuscitation; -½uta, ad. on the contrary, rather, even; -½utkarsha, m. surpassing; -½úttabdhi, f.supporting, propping; -½uttambha, m.: -na, n. id.; -½ut tara, n. reply to an answer, rejoinder; an swer; -½uttarî-karana, n. making a reply, answer; -½uttarî-kri, answer; -½utthâna, n. rising up to meet (a guest), respectful recep tion; rising up against, hostility; -½uttheya, fp. to whom respect should be shown by rising; -½utpanna, pp. prompt, ready: -mati, a. possessed of presence of mind; m. Ready wit, N. of a fish; -½udadhi,ad. at the sea; -½udâharana, n. counter-example; -½udâ hârya, fp. to be given as a counter-example; -½udgati, f., -½udgama, m.: -na, n. going to meet, esp. as a mark of respect; -½udgaman îya, fp. suitable for the respectful reception of a guest; -½udyama, m. counter-weight, balance; -½udyamin, a. balancing; -½udyâ tri, m. assailant; -½udyâmín, a. rebellious; -½unnamana, n. rebounding. |
| |
| prayukta | pp. √ yug; (á)-yukti, f. impulse; employment; -yúg, (V.) f. (?) team; impulse, motive; gain; -yúta, n. million; (á)-yuti, (V.) f. absence (of mind); -yud dha, pp. √ yudh; n. contest, battle; -yúdh, a. attacking. |
| |
| prastāra | m. strewing, spreading out; abundance; litter, bed of straw; couch; layer; stair (leading down to water); flat surface; table of all the possible combinations in a metre: -pa&ndot;kti, f.combination-pa&ndot;kti, a metre (12+12+8+8 syllables); -stârin, a. spreading out, extending to; -stâva, m. pre liminary mention, allusion, propounding or introducing a topic; subject of conversation, topic; opportunity, occasion, season, proper time; beginning, commencement; introduc tion; -of a Sâman sung by the Prastotri priest: in. at any one's convenience; lc. on a suitable occasion, opportunely, -tas, ad. in the course of (--°ree;); -stâvanâ, f. blazing abroad, through (in.); beginning, commencement; introduction, (dramatic) prologue (the scene between the benediction and beginning of the first act); -stâva-sadrisa, a. suited to the occasion, seasonable, appropriate; -stâvita, cs. pp. commenced, begun; referred to. |
| |
| prāgāyata | pp. extending towards the east; -ukti, f. previous utterance. |
| |
| priyaiṣin | a. desirous of pleas ing (--°ree;); -½ukti, f. kind or friendly speech. |
| |
| bāhuvikṣepa | m. movement of the arms; -vimarda, m. hand to hand fight, pugilistic encounter; -vîrya, n. strength of arm; a. strong of arm; -sakti, m. (strong of arm), N. of a prince; -sâlin, a.possessed of powerful arms, valorous, warlike; m. N. of a Dânava and of various men. |
| |
| bhagna | pp. (√ bhañg) broken, etc.; n. fracture of the leg; -krama, n. violation of syntactical construction; -gânu, a. broken-kneed; -tâ, f. condition of being broken: pravahanasya, ship wrecked condition; -pra krama, n. inappropriate sequence in using a word not suiting one previously employed (rh.); -pratigña, a. having broken one's promise, faithless; -bhânda, a. having broken his pots; -manas, a.discouraged; -manoratha, a. disappointed; -mâna, a. whose pride has been offended; -yâkña, a. whose request has been refused; -vrata, a. having broken his vow; -sakti, a. whose power is broken; -samdhi, a. having broken joints; -½âsa, a. whose hopes have been frustrated, disap pointed; -½udyama, a. whose efforts have been foiled, baffled. |
| |
| mantrayantra | n. amulet with a magical formula; -yukti, f. application of spells, charm; employment of a sacred for mula; magic (?); -vat, a. attended with sa cred formulas; enchanted, consecrated with spells; familiar with sacred texts; ad. 1. to the accompaniment of sacred texts; 2. accord ing to the rules of counsel; -varna, m. word ing of a sacred text: pl. the syllables of a sacred formula or spell; -vâda, m. substance of a sacred formula; utterance of spells, ma gic: -sloka, m. pl. slokas being sacred verses in substance; -vâdin, m. pronouncer of spells, enchanter; -vid, a. knowing sacred texts or spells; -vidyâ, f.science of spells, magic; -sakti, f. magical power, charm; -sruti, f. consultation listened to; -samvarana, n. con cealment of a consultation or design; -sam skâra, m. consecration with sacred texts: -krit-pati, m.consecrated husband; -sam hitâ, f. the collection of Vedic hymns; -sâdh aka, m. performer of an incantation, magi cian; -sâdhana, n., â, f. performance of an incantation; -sâdhya, fp. to be mastered by incantations; attainable by counsel; -sid dha, pp. accomplished by a spell; thoroughly versed in spells; -siddhi, f. effect of a spell; fulfilment of counsel; -sûtra, n. charm at tached to a cord. |
| |
| mahāpakṣa | a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond. |
| |
| mahenda | m. great Indra; chief; N. of a mountain range: -ketu, m. Indra's banner; -kâpa, m. Indra's bow, rainbow; -tva, n. name or dignity of great Indra; -dhvaga, m. Indra's banner; -mantrin, m.great Indra's counsellor, planet Jupiter (Brihaspati); -mandira, n. Indra's palace; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sakti, m. N.; -½âditya, m. N. of a prince. |
| |
| muktāratna | n. pearl; -rasmi maya, a. radiant with pearls; -latâ, f. N.; -½âvali (or î), f. string of pearls; N.; -sukti, f. pearl oyster. |
| |
| yathāvakāśam | ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand. |
| |
| yathāyatham | ad. fitly, properly, in due order; one after the other, gradually; -yukta, pp. regarding (lc.): -m, ad. accord ing to circumstances, suitably; -yukti, ad. id.: -tas, ad. id.; -yogam, ad. id.; according to usage; -yogena, in. ad. according to cir cumstances, suitably; -yogyam, ad. as is fit, properly, suitably; -½ârabdha, pp. previously begun; -½ârambham, ad. according to the beginning, in the same order; -rukam, -ruk i, ad. according to taste; -rûpa, a. of what kind; having a suitable appearance, extremely beautiful; very great: (á)-m, ad. suitably; rightly, truly; according to appearance. |
| |
| rathakāra | m. wheelwright, car penter; a mixed caste (offspring of a Mâhishya and a Karanî): -tva, n. trade of a carpenter; -krit, m. wheelwright, carpenter; -kshobha, m. jolting of a chariot; -gritsá,m. skilful charioteer; -ghosha, m. sound or rumbling of a chariot; -kakrá, n. chariot-wheel; -karana, m. id.; -karyâ, f. driving in a chariot (often pl.); -gñâna, n. skill in driving; -gñânin, a. skilled in driving; -dhur, f. pole of a chariot; -nâbhí, f. nave of a chariot-wheel; -nirghosha, m. rum bling of a chariot; -nisvana, m. sound of a chariot; -nîda, m. n. interior or seat of a chariot; -nemi, f. felly of a chariot-wheel; -m-tará, n. N. of various Sâmans; m. a form of Agni (son of Tapas); -bandha, m. fastenings of a chariot; -bha&ndot;ga, m. break down of a chariot; -mahotsava, m. solemn procession of an idol in a car; -yâtrâ, f. id.; -mârga, m.carriage road; -yúg, a. yoking or yoked to a car (RV.); m. charioteer; -yuddha, n. chariot fight; -yoga, m. chariot team; use of a chariot, art of driving; -yog aka, m. yoker of a car; -yodha, m. chariot fighter; -rasmi, m.chariot-trace; -vamsa, m. multitude of chariots; (rátha)-vat, a. having a chariot, consisting in chariots (RV.); containing the word ratha; -vara, m. excellent chariot; -vartman, n. chariot-road, high road; -vâhá, a.(&isharp;) drawing a chariot; m. chariot-horse; charioteer: -ka, m. charioteer; -vigñâna, n., -vidyâ, f. knowledge of or skill in driving; -vîthî, f. carriage road, high road; -sakti, f. flagstaff on a war-chariot; -sâlâ, f.carriage-shed, coach-house; -sikshâ, f. art of driving; -siras, n. fore-part of a chariot; -stha, a. standing on or fighting from a chariot; -svana, m. sound or rattle of a chariot. |
| |
| rathya | a. belonging or used to a chariot; m. chariot-horse: â, f. carriage road, highway; host of chariots; a-kaya, m. team of horses; â-pa&ndot;kti, f. street; â-mukha, n. entrance to a street (Pr.); â½upa-sarpana, n. walking in the street. |
| |
| rājapaṭṭa | m. kind of gem, dia mond of inferior quality; -patnî, f. consort of a king; -patha, m. royal road, highway; -paddhati, f. id.; -pitri, m. royal father; -putrá, 1. m. king's son, prince; Râjput (a mixed caste, offspring of Vaisya and Am bashthâ or Kshatriya and Karanî); son of the moon, planet Mercury: î, f. king's daugh ter, female Râjput; (r&asharp;ga)-putra, 2. a. hav ing kings as sons (RV.1); -putraka, m. king's son, prince: ikâ, f. princess; -putra-loka, m. assemblage of princes; -pums, m. royal servant or official; -pura, n. Kingstown, N. of a town; -purî, f. N. of a town; -pu rusha, m. king's man, royal servant or offi cial; -pûrusha, m. metr.=-purusha; -pau rushika, a. being in the service of a king; -prakriti, f. king's minister; -priyâ, f. mis tress of a king; mistress of the moon; -presh ya, m. king's servant; n. royal service; -bandin, m. N.; -bândhava, m. relation of a king: î, f. female relation of a king; -bîg in, a. of royal descent; -bhakti-puras krita, pp. distinguished by devotion to their king; -bhata, m. royal mercenary, soldier; -bhaya, n. fear of a king; danger from a king; -bhavana, n. royal palace; -bhâryâ, f. king's spouse; -bhrita, m. soldier; -bhri tya, m. king's servant; -bhauta, m. fool of a king; -bhratrí, m. king's brother; -mani, m. kind ofjewel; -mandira, n. royal palace; -mahishî, f. chief consort of a king; king's wife; -mâtri, f. king's mother, queen mother. |
| |
| lokeśa | m. lord of the world; -½îs vara, m. id.; -½eshan&asharp;, f. desire of heaven; -½ukti, f. common talk; popular saying, pro verb; -½uttara, a. going beyond the com mon, unusual, extraordinary; m. extraor dinary man. |
| |
| vakretara | a. reverse of curly, straight (hair); -½ukti, f. indirect mode of expression; equivocal remark, pun. |
| |
| vallabha | a. beloved, of (g., lc., --°ree;); dearer than (ab.); m. favourite; lover; N.: -gana, m. beloved, mistress; -tâ, f. popu larity with (g., lc., --°ree;); -deva, m. N. of a poet; -sakti, m. N. of a king; -½âkârya, m. N. of a teacher and founder of a Vaishnava sect. |
| |
| vastu | n. (C.) place (rare); thing, substance, object; really existing thing; right thing, worthy object; object of (--°ree;); matter, circumstance; subject, subject-mat ter, plot, theme, contents; °ree;--, in reality: -ka, a. (--°ree;) having -as contents (anûna-, of weighty contents, extraordinary); -gâta, n. the aggregate of things; -tantra, a. depen dent on things, objective; -tas, ad. in reality; -tâ, f. being the object of (--°ree;); reality: in. in reality; -dharma, m. sg. & pl. true nature of things; -bhâva, m. reality: in. pl. in reality; -bheda, m. actual or essen tial difference; -rakanâ, f. elaboration of a plot; -vritta, n. actual fact; -sakti, f. sg. & pl. force of circumstances: -tas, ad. by the --; -sâsana, n. original edict; -sûnya, a. devoid of reality, unreal. |
| |
| vasuvani | a. desiring or bestowing wealth (V.); -víd, a. bestowing wealth (V.); -vinda, a. gaining wealth; -sakti, m. N.; (vásu)-sravas, a. famed for wealth (RV.1); m. ep. of Siva (C.); -sampûrna, pp.filled with wealth. |
| |
| vāvāta | a. [√ 3. vâ] beloved, m. favourite (RV.): â, f. favourite wife of a kind (inferior to the mahishî, but superior to the parivriktî: comm.). |
| |
| vikramatuṅga | m. N. of two kings; -nidhi, m. N. of a warrior; -patta na, n. Vikrama's city, Uggayinî; -pati, m. =Vikrama½âditya; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâhu, m. N. of various kings; -râga, m. N. of a king; -lâñkhana, m.=Vikrama½âditya; -sakti, m. N. of various warriors; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. id.; -sthâ na, n. walking-place, promenade; -½a&ndot;ka, m. =Vikramâditya: -deva,m. id.: -karita, n. Adventures of Vikramâ&ndot;ka-deva, T. of a poem; -½âditya, m. Sun of Valour, N. of various kings, esp. of one accounted the conqueror of the Sakas and founder of the Vikrama era (56 b. c.). |
| |
| vikṣepa | m. scattering about; cast ing, throwing; moving to and fro, waving, tossing (ord. mg.); inattention, distraction; projection or extension (a power of ignor ance which causes the world to seem real: Vedânta phil.); -kshepana, n. moving to and fro; -kshepa-sakti-mat, a. possessing the power of projection or extension. |
| |
| vinaya | a. removing (RV.1); m. (C.) removal, withdrawal (of a cloth); guidance, discipline, instruction, training; good beha viour, decorum, discretion, polite manners, good breeding, modest conduct; office (rare); treatise on discipline (B.); instruction; -gyot is, m. N. (conj.), -tâ, f. good behaviour; modesty; -nayana, a. removing, dispelling; n. education, instruction, in (lc.); -nayam dhara, m. N. of a merchant; -naya-pitaka, (basket=) collection of treatises on disci pline (B.); -naya-maya, a. being good breed ing itself; -naya-vat, a. well-behaved (in a-): -î, f. N.; -naya-sûtra, n. Sûtra treat ing of discipline (B.); -naya-svâminî, f. N.; -naya½âditya, m. ep. of Gayâpîda: -pura, n. N. of a town built by Gayâpîda; -naya½âdi-dhara, m. N.; -½avanata, pp. bowing low with modesty; -nayin, a. well bred, well-conducted, modest; -naya½ukti, f. modest speech (pl.). |
| |
| vinirgama | m. going out (of), departure, from (ab.); -ghosha, m. sound; -gaya, m. victory; -naya, m. ascertainment; decision, authoritative settlement, of (g., --°ree;); -desya, fp. to be announced orreported; -bandha, m. persistence in (--°ree;); -mala, a. extremely pure; -mâna, n. measuring out; formation; erection; building; -mâtri, m. fashioner, creator; -miti, f. formation, crea tion; erection; -mukti, f.deliverance from (--°ree;); -moksha, m. id.; exclusion from (--°ree;). |
| |
| vimukta | pp. √ muk: -kantha, °ree;-or -m, ad. (shout) at the top of one's voice, -tâ, f. loss of (g.), -maunam, ad. abandoning silence; -mukti, f. disjunction; setting at liberty; release, deliverance, from (ab., --°ree;); final emancipation; -mukha, a. having the face averted, turned backwards; turning away from any one (g.), departing disap pointed; averse to, abstaining from (ab., lc., g. w. upari, --°ree;); indifferent to (--°ree;); adverse (fate); --°ree;, lacking: -tâ, f. aversion to (lc., prati, --°ree;); -mukha-ya, den. P. render averse: pp. ita; -mukhî-karana, n. rendering averse to (--°ree;); -mukhî-kri, put to flight; turn any one away; render averse or indifferent to (ab., --°ree;); frustrate; -mukhî-bhâva, m. aversion; -mukhî-bhû, turn one's back, flee; turn away from (ab.): -mugdha, pp. √ muh: -tâ, f. foolishness, stupidity; -múk, f. (RV.) unyoking, alighting: vimuko napât, son of arrival, conductor (Pûshan); -mudrana, n. causing to expand. |
| |
| virakta | pp. (√ rañg) estranged etc.: -prakriti, a. whose principal officers are dis affected, -bhâva, a. disaffected; -rakti, f. indifference, to (lc., upari w. g., prati w. ac.); freedom from worldlyattachment: -mat, a. indifferent, to (lc.); accompanied with free dom from worldly attachment; -rakanâ, f. disposition, embellishment: alakânâm --, neatly arranged locks; -rakayitavya, fp. to be made or formed; -rakita, pp. cs. √ rak: â, f. N.; (ví)-raga, a. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig.); free from passion; -ragas, a. id.; m. N.; -ragas-ka, a. dustless; -ragas karana, n. freeing from dust, cleansing; -ragî kri, free from dust, cleanse; -rañka, -rañki, -rañkya, m. ep. of Brahman; -rata, pp. (√ ram) ceased etc.: -tva, n. cessation; -rata-prasa&ndot;ga, a. having ceased from en gaging in (lc.); -rati, f. cessation; end; desistence or abstention from, renunciation of (ab., lc., --°ree;); -ratha, a. deprived of one's car; -rathî-kri, deprive any one of his chariot; -rathî-bhû, be deprived of one's car; -rapsá, a. (&isharp;) exuberant (RV.); m. abundance (RV.); -rapsín,a. exuberant, vigorous (V.); -rama, m. cessation, abate ment; sunset; abstention from (--°ree;); -rama- na, n. cessation; abstention from (--°ree;). |
| |
| viroka | m. (RV.) effulgence, flush (of dawn); n. (C.) cavity, hole; -rokín, a. shining (RV.); -rókana, a. illuminating (rare); m. sun; sun-god; N. of an Asura; -rokish- nu, a. shining, brilliant; -roddhavya,fp. to be fought with; n. imps. one (in.) should fight; -rodha, m. hostility, quarrel, strife, between (g., rarely in., --°ree;), with (in.± saha, --°ree;); logical contradiction, inconsistency, in compatibility, incongruity; conflict with, in jury of (in. --°ree;, at the cost or to the detri ment of); prevention by (--°ree;, rare); misfor tune (rare); perverseness (rare); -rodhaka, a. setting at variance, stirring up; incom patible with (g., --°ree;); -rodha-krit, a. causing dissensions among, stirring up to revolt; -rodha-kriyâ, f. quarrel; -rodhana, a. op posing; n. quarrelling; resistance, opposition, to (g.); injuring; -rodha½âbhâsa, m. appa rent contradiction (rh.); -rodhi-tâ, f. en mity, strife, between (--°ree;), with (saha); contra dictoriness; -rodhi-tva, n. removal; -rodh in, a. obstructing, disturbing, preventing; dispelling; hostile; contradictory, conflict ing, opposed; m. adversary, enemy; -ro dha½ukti, f. contradiction; -ropana, a. caus ing to heal; n. healing (of a wound); -roha- na, a. causing to heal; n. budding (of plants). |
| |
| vivṛta | pp. √ 1. vri; n. publicity: lc. in public or straight out (speak): -½ânana, a. open-mouthed (-tva, n. open-mouthed state), -½âsya, a. open-mouthed; -vriti, f. exposition, explanation, comment; -vri ta½ukti, f. unveiled or explicit expression; -vritti, f. development; hiatus; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) increased; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase, augmentation, aggrandisement; pros perity; lengthening of a vowel: -bhâg, a. in creasing (age). |
| |
| vivikta | pp. √ vik; n. solitude, lonely place; pureness: -tâ, f. distinction, discrimination; isolation; purity, -tva, n. solitude, -½âsana, a. sitting in a sequestered place; -viktî-kri, empty, clear; leave; -vik shu, des. a. [√ vis] wishing or about to enter; (ví)-viki, a. distinguishing, discriminating; -vit-sâ, des. f. [√ 1. vid] desire to know; -vit-su, des. a. wishing to know; -vid-i-shâ, des. f. desire to know; -vid-i-shu, des. a. wishing to know; -vidha, a. [having different kinds: vidhâ] of various sorts, manifold, divers: -m, ad. variously, -rupa-bhrit, a. having various forms, -sâstra-goshthî, f. discourse about various sciences; -vibhakti ka, a. lacking case-terminations. |
| |
| viśeṣatas | ad. according to the difference of, in proportion to (--°ree;); specifi cally, singly, in particular; especially, par ticularly, above all; -tva, n. distinction; notion of the particular; -mandana, n. costly ornament; -vakana, n. adjective, apposition; -vat, a. distinguishing (in a-); -vid, a.= -gña; -sâlin, a. distinguished, excellent; -½arthi-tâ, f. want of something better; -½ukti, f. statement of the difference of two otherwise similar objects (a figure of speech). |
| |
| viṣṇukrama | m. pl. Vishnu's steps (three steps to be taken by the sacrificer be tween Vedi and Âhavanîya); -gupta, m. ep. of Kânakya; N. of a Buddhist; -gâmâtri, m. son-in-law Vishnu; -tva, n.Vishnu's nature; -datta, m. N.; -nya&ndot;ga, a. in which Vishnu is frequently mentioned; -pada, n. zenith; sky; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mat-î, f. N. of a princess; -maya, a. (î) relating to, having the nature of, Vishnu; -mitra, m. frequent N. (used as an instance like Cajus); -loka, m. Vishnu's world; -vâh ana, n. Vishnu's vehicle, Garuda; -sakti, 1. f. Vishnu's energy, Lakshmî; 2. m. N. of a king; -sarman, m. N. of various men, esp. of the narrator of the Pañkatantra and the Hitopadesa; -sûkta, n. hymn to Vishnu; -svâmin, m. temple or statue of Vishnu. |
| |
| viṣṭāra | m. [strewing: √ stri] layer of grass (RV.1): (á)-pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre (8+12+12+8 syllables); (a)-brihatî, f. a metre (8+10+10+8 syllables). |
| |
| vyājasupta | pp. feigning sleep; n. feigned sleep; -stuti, f. ironical praise; -½ukti, f. dissimulating statement (by at tributing an emotion to a false cause: rh.). |
| |
| vaibhakta | a. relating to a case-ter mination (vibhakti). |
| |
| śakti | f. ability, capacity, power, strength, skill, to (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); efficacy (of a remedy etc.); regal power (which comprises the three elements, prabhâva, majesty, utsâha, energy, and mantra, counsel); active power or female energy of a deity (esp. of Siva); force of a word, signification, function, case-notion; creative power of a poet, imagination: in. saktyâ (± âtmaor sva-), according to ability; param saktyâ, with all one's might; saktim ahâpayitvâ, not re laxing one's efforts, exerting oneself to the utmost. |
| |
| śataka | a. (ikâ) consisting of a hun dred; hundredth; n. a hundred, century (construed like sata); -kritvas, ad. a hun dred times; -koti, 1. f. pl. a thousand mil lions; 2. m. (having a hundred points), In dra's thunderbolt; (á)-kratu, a. having a hundredfold power or counsel (V.); con taining a hundred sacrifices (Br.); m. N. of Indra (C.).: --°ree; with kshitietc., lord of earth, prince, king; -khanda-maya, a. (î) consist ing of a hundred rays; -gu, a. possessing a hun dred cows; -guna, a. a hundredfold, increased a hundred times, a hundred times stronger, more valuable or efficacious etc.: -m, ad. ahun dred times more than (ab.); -gunita,pp. in creased a hundredfold, a hundred times longer; -gunî-bhâva, m. hundredfold increase; -gunî-bhû, be multiplied a hundredfold; -gvín, a. hundredfold (RV.); -ghn&isharp;, f. of -han; (á)-kakra, a. hundred-wheeled (RV.1); -tamá, a. (&asharp;, î) hundredth; -traya, n., î, f. three hundred; -dala, n. lotus flower; -dru (-kâ), -drû, f. N. of a river (=V. sutu drî), now Sutlej; -dvâra, a. having a hundred exits (hole); -dhara, m. N. of a king;-dh&asharp;, ad. a hundredfold; into a hundred parts or pieces: with bhû, be divided into a hundred parts consisting of (g.); (á)-dhâra, a. 1. having a hundred streams; 2. having a hundred points or edges; m.thunderbolt (C.); -dhriti, m. ep. of Brahman and of Indra; -dhauta, pp. cleansed a hundredfold, perfectly clean; 1. -pattra, n. (°ree;--) a hundred leaves; a hundred vehicles; 2. (á)-pattra, a. having a hundred feathers orleaves (RV.1); m. woodpecker; peacock; n. day-lotus: -yoni, m. ep. of Brahman, -½âyata½îkshana, a. having long lotus-like eyes; -patha, a. hav ing a hundred paths, very many-sided; m. T. of a Brâhmana: -brâhmana,n. id.; (á)-pad, a. (-î; strg. base -pâd) hundred-footed; m., -î, f. centipede; (á)-parvan, a. hundred-jointed; (á)-pavitra, a. purifying a hundredfold (RV.1); -pâdaka, m. centipede; -pâla, m. overseer of a hundred (vil lages, g.); -buddhi, a. hundred-witted; m. N. of a fish; -brâhmana-ghâta-ga, a. (arising from=) equal to the guilt produced by the murder of a hundred Brâhmans; -bha&ndot;gî bhû, be varied in a hundred ways; -makha, m. ep. of Indra; (á)-manyu, a. having a hundredfold wrath; m. ep. of Indra (C.): -kâpa, m. n. rainbow; -mayûkha, m. (hundred-rayed) moon; (á)-mâna, a. hundredfold (V.); weighing a hundred (Raktikâs, comm.; V.); m.gold object weighing a hun dred Mânas; m. n. weight (or gift) of a hundred Mânas in gold or silver; -mukha, a. having a hundred openings or entrances; possible in a hundred ways (fall); (á)-yâtu, m. N.; -yogana-yâyin,a. travelling a hundred Yoganas; -râtra, m. n. festival of a hundred days; -rudríya, a. belonging or sacred to a hundred Rudras; -½rikin, m. pl. designation of the composers of Mand. I. of the Rig-veda; -laksha, n. a hundred lacs; -varsha, a. a hundred years old; lasting a hundred years; -sarkara, n. sg. hundred globules: -tâ, f. condition of a --; -sás, ad. in a hundred ways, in hundreds (referring to a nm., ac., or in.); a hundred times;(á)-sâkha, a. (â, î) having a hundred branches (also fig.); (á)-sârada, a. containing, be stowing etc. a hundred autumns (V.); n. period or age of a hundred years (V.); -sri&ndot;ga, a. hundred-peaked; -samkhya, a.numbering a hundred; -sani, a. gaining a hundred; -sahasra, n. sg. pl. a hundred thousand (w. g., app., or --°ree;); -s&asharp;, a. winning a hundred (RV.); -sâhasra, a. (î) amount ing to a hundred thousand, hundred thou sandfold; -séya, n. hundredfold gain (RV.1); -svín, a. possessing a hundred (RV.1); -hán, a. (-ghnî) slaying a hundred (V.): -ghnî, f. kind of deadly weapon; -hali, a. possess ing a hundred large ploughs; (á)-hima, a.living a hundred winters (V.); -hradâ, f. lightning. |
| |
| śabdarūpa | n. nature of a sound; peculiar sound; form of a word (gr.); -vat, a. sounding; uttering sounds; possessing the quality of sound; -vidyâ, f. science of sounds, grammar: -½upâdhyâya, m.teacher of gram mar; -virodha, m. contradiction in words (not sense), seeming contradiction; -vedhin, a. shooting or hitting by sound (without see ing the mark); -sakti, f. force or meaning of a word; -sâsana, n.doctrine of sounds, grammar: -vid, a. knowing grammar; -sâs tra, n. grammar; -sesha, a. of which the name only remains; having only the title of -left (--°ree;); -slesha, m. verbal equivoque, pun; -samgña, a. bearing the name of (--°ree;); -samgñâ, f. technical grammatical term; -sphota, m. crackling (of fire); -hîna, (pp.) n. unsanctioned use of a word. |
| |
| śāktya | m. pat. (fr. sakti) of Gaurivîti. |
| |
| śākta | a. belonging or relating to, de rived from, the Saktis of Siva; m. teacher (RV.1); worshipper of the Saktis of Siva (C.). |
| |
| śivatāti | a. conducive to happi ness or welfare; f. prosperity; -datta, m. N.; -dâyin, a. conferring prosperity; -dâsa, m. N.; -dis, f. north-east; -pura, n., î, f. N. of various towns and villages; -bhakti,f. wor ship of Siva; -bhûti: -ka, m. N. of a minis ter; -mantra, m. Siva's verse; -maya, a. full of prosperity; entirely devoted to Siva; -yogin, m. Saiva monk; N.; -ratha, m. N.; -râtri, f. fourteenth (night=) day of the dark half of Phâlguna sacred to Siva; -râma, m. N.; -li&ndot;ga, n. phallus of Siva; -loka, m. Siva's world (on Kailâsa); -varman, m. N. of a minister; -sakti, m. N.; (á)-samkalpa, a. kindly disposed (V.); m. N. of the verses VS. 34, 1 sqq.; -sûtra, n. pl. the fourteen in troductory Sûtras of Pânini's grammar con taining the alphabet and ascribed to Siva; -svâmin, m. N. |
| |
| śaukta | a. made of mother-of-pearl (sukti). |
| |
| śrotra | n. [√ 1. sru] ear; hearing: -gña, a. perceiving by the ear: -tâ, f. hearing; -tâ, f. condition of ears; -netra-maya, a. consist ing of ears and eyes; -pati, m. lord of hear ing (a form of Îsvara); -padavî, f. range of hearing: -m upa½â-yâ, come to the ears of (g.); -paramparâ, f. hearsay; -p&asharp;, a. pro tecting the ear (V.); -pâli, f. lobe of the ear; -puta, m. id.; -peya, fp. to be imbibed by the ear, -attentively heard; -mârga, m. range of hearing: -m gam, come to the ears of (g.); -mûla, n. root of the ear; -vartman, n. range of hearing; -sukti-puta, m. hollow of the external ear. |
| |
| śliṣṭaparaṃparitarūpaka | n. continuous chain of ambiguities (a kind of metaphor); -rûpaka, n. ambiguity as a metaphor; -½âkshepa, m. expression of dissatisfaction by means of equivocation (rh.); -½ukti, f. ambiguous expression. |
| |
| ṣaṣṭhī | f. sixth (sc. tithi) day of a fortnight; sixth (sc. vibhakti) case, genitive; personification of the sixth day after the birth of a child (when the main risks are over): -gâgara, m. watch on the sixth day after the birth of a child (a certain ceremony); -tatpurusha, m. genitive Tatpurusha compound (in which the first member has the sense of a genitive); -samâsa, m. compound in which the first member has the sense of a genitive. |
| |
| saṃsakta | pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.). |
| |
| saṃskṛta | pp. (√ kri) prepared etc.; n. á, preparation, prepared place; cul tivated language (opp. vernaculars), San skrit (C.); (sám)-skriti, f. preparation (V.); formation (Br.); consecration (C.);-skri ta½ukti, f. polished expression; -skriyâ, f. preparation, formation. |
| |
| sadyaḥkṛtta | pp. recently cut; -pâtin, a. quickly sinking or drooping (heart); -pragñâ-kara, a. (î) producing intelligence at once; -pragñâ-hara, a. at once depriving of intelligence; -prasûtâ, pp. f. having recently brought forth or calved; -prâna-kara, a. at once restoring vitality; -prâna-hara, a. at once depriving of vitality; -phala, a. at once bearing fruit: -sakti-hara, a. at once de priving of strength; -sauka, n.instantaneous purification; -srâddhin, a. having just par taken of a funeral feast. |
| |
| samāsa | m. [putting together: √ 2. as] combination, union (Br., S.); condensa tion, succinct statement; compound (gr.): in. fully, thoroughly (ascertain); in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, concisely, succinctly, briefly; -â-sakti, f. attachment to (lc.): in. with devotion; -â sa&ndot;ga, m. transference (of business) to (lc.); -â-satti, f. nearness, vicinity. |
| |
| samāsokta | pp. concisely ex pressed; contained in a compound; -½ukti, f. concise mode of expression (a figure of speech in which the procedure of something else is attributed to the object in question owing to parallelism in action, gender, or attributes, e. g. &open;how can a wise man think of women till he has accomplished his ambi tion? the sun does not court the evening-glow till he has traversed the whole world&close;). |
| |
| samudrakallola | m. (ocean wave) N. of an elephant; -ga, a. going or flowing to the sea: â, f. river; -ga, a. pro duced or found in the sea; (á)-gyeshtha, a. having the ocean as their chief (waters, RV.1); -tîra, n. sea-shore; -datta, m. N.; -nemi, a. (f. id.) sea-girt (earth); f. earth; -patnî, f. spouse of the sea, river; -paryanta, a. sea bound (earth); -phena, m. (foam of the sea), bones of the cuttle-fish (so light that they float); -mathana, n. churning of the ocean; -yâtrâ, f., -yâna, n. sea-voyage; -yâyin, m. seafarer; -yoshit, f. (wife of the sea), river; -rasana, a. sea-girt (earth); -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vallabhâ, f. (mis tress of the sea), river; -vasana, a. sea-clad, sea-girt (earth); (á)-vâsas, a. (clad=) lurk ing in the (heavenly) waters (Agni, RV.2); -velâ, f. flood-tide; -vyavahârin, a. trading by sea; -sukti, f. sea-shell; -sûra, m. N. of a merchant; -sena, m. N.; -½anta, m. sea shore; a. reaching to the sea (earth); -½abhi sârinî, f. girl running after the god of the sea; -½ambarâ, f. (sea-clad), earth. |
| |
| sarvadeva | m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one. |
| |
| savana | n. V., C.: extraction of Soma (which according to the ritual takes place three times a day, morning, noon, and night); Soma juice, libation, or festival; V.: feast; C.: festival, sacrifice; the threeperiods of day, morning, noon, and evening (pl.); ablution performed at morning, noon, and night (rare): -karman, n. libation; -pa&ndot;kti, a. accompanied by five libations (Br.). |
| |
| sāgara | m. [sagara; according to the legend the basin dug out by the sons of Saga ra and filled by Bhagîratha with the waters of the Ganges], ocean, sea (often used fig. --°ree; to express vastness, inexhaustibility, pro fundity, danger): pl. sons of Sagara; sg. N. of various men: -gâmin, a. flowing to the sea; -m-gama, a. id.; -datta, m. N.; -dhîra- ketas, a. having a mind steadfast as the sea; -pura, n. N. of a town; -vîra, m. N.; -saya, a. resting on the ocean; m. ep. of Vishnu; -sukti, f. sea-shell; -½anta, m. sea-coast; a. ending at the ocean, sea-girt (earth); -½am bara, a. sea-clad (earth): â, f. earth; -½âvar ta, m. bay of the sea. |
| |
| suyajña | a. sacrificing well or suc cessfully (RV.); m. N.; (sú)-yata, pp. well guided (steed, RV.); -yantrita, pp. bound fast: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yáma, V. a. easy to guide (steed); easy to keep in order, well regulated; -yávasa, a. (RV.) abounding in pasture; n. (V.) good-pasturage; -yavasín, a. having good pasturage (RV.); -yukti, f. good argument; -yug, a. well-yoked (V.); -yuddha, n. good or vigorous battle; -yodha na, m. N. of the eldest son of Dhritar âshtra. |
| |
| suvitta | a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech. |
| |
| sūkta | pp. well-spoken or recited; n. V., C.: beautiful speech, good word, song of praise; C.: wise saying; Vedic hymn, hymn to (--°ree;); -½ukti, f. good or wise saying: -muktâ, f. pl. pearls of wise sayings. |
| |
| sopāna | n. steps, staircase, ladder, to (g., --°ree;): -ka, n. id.: -paramparâ, f. flight of steps, stair; -kûpa, m. well with steps; -tva, n. function of a staircase: -m vrag, become a staircase; -pa&ndot;kti,f., -patha, m., -paddhati, f., -paramparâ, f., -mârga, m. flight of steps, staircase. |
| |
| snehavat | a. oily, fatty; full of love, tender, fond; -vyakti, f. display of affection; -samgvara-vat, a. filled with the ardour of love. |